WO2011050678A1 - Communication network implemented based on control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture - Google Patents

Communication network implemented based on control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011050678A1
WO2011050678A1 PCT/CN2010/077722 CN2010077722W WO2011050678A1 WO 2011050678 A1 WO2011050678 A1 WO 2011050678A1 CN 2010077722 W CN2010077722 W CN 2010077722W WO 2011050678 A1 WO2011050678 A1 WO 2011050678A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
rid
communication
aid
network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2010/077722
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周娜
吴强
符涛
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Publication of WO2011050678A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011050678A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/04Registration at HLR or HSS [Home Subscriber Server]

Definitions

  • a communication network realized by network architecture based on separation of control plane and media plane
  • the present invention relates to a network architecture in the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication network implemented based on a network architecture in which a control plane and a media plane are separated.
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Evolved Packet System is an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network).
  • E-UTRAN Mobility Management Entity
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • S-GW Serving Gateway
  • Packet Data Network Gateway Packet Data Network Gateway
  • P-GW Packet Data Network Gateway
  • HSS Home Subscriber Server
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the system architecture based on the existing EPS.
  • the corresponding PDN network can be found by the Access Point Name (APN).
  • a connection from a UE to a PDN network is usually referred to as an IP Connectivity Access Network (IP-CAN) session.
  • IP-CAN IP Connectivity Access Network
  • IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • IP provides routing for the Internet, which assigns all nodes, including hosts and routers.
  • the logical address which is the IP address, and each port of each host is assigned an IP address.
  • the IP address includes the network prefix and the host part.
  • the IP addresses of all hosts on the same link usually have the same network prefix and different host parts. This allows the IP to be routed based on the network prefix portion of the destination node's IP address, allowing the router to simply save a simple network prefix route without having to maintain a separate route for each host. In this case, since the network prefix route is used, when a node switches from one link to another without changing its IP address, the node cannot A data packet is received on the new link, so that it cannot communicate with other nodes.
  • the existing network technology of TCP/IP has the following shortcomings:
  • the fixed anchor point is used to support the mobility of the terminal.
  • GTP General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol
  • the gateway PGW is defined as the mobile anchor of the terminal; WiMAX network Captain uses the Mobile IP protocol to use the Home Agent (HA) as an anchor.
  • HA Home Agent
  • the introduction of fixed anchor points brings about the problem of packet path detour, which increases the transmission delay and bandwidth waste.
  • the route optimization process of MIPV6 requires the host participating in the communication to support the MIPV6 protocol, which is difficult to deploy.
  • the IP address has a dual function: the location identifier of the communication terminal host network interface in the network topology as the network layer, and the identity of the transport layer host network interface.
  • the IP address of the host changes, not only the route changes, but also the identity of the communication terminal host changes. This causes the routing load to become heavier and heavy, and the change of the host ID causes the application and connection to be interrupted.
  • the existing mobile communication network in which the control plane of TCP/IP is separated from the media plane including the above EPS system, also has the above drawbacks.
  • the technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network realized based on a network architecture in which the control plane and the media plane are separated, and the identity identification and location separation of the user terminal can be realized.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane and the media plane are separated, which can support the application scenario of the mobile terminal, and effectively solve the problem of the loop in the scenario.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane and the media plane are separated. In the deployment of the architecture, the requirements of the compatible terminal and the compatible upper layer service are considered, and only the network side device needs to be upgraded. , compatible without changing the application scenario of the terminal.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a network based on the separation of the control plane from the media plane.
  • the communication network implemented by the network architecture can realize identity identification and location separation when the terminal accesses the communication network.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which a control plane is separated from a media plane, which can realize identity separation and location separation when a terminal communicates in a communication network.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane is separated from the media plane, which can realize identity separation and location separation when the terminal is offline in the communication network.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane is separated from the media plane, which can realize identity separation and location separation when the terminal switches in the communication network.
  • the present invention provides a first communication network (ID) and location separation based on a network architecture separated by a control plane and a media plane, including a radio access network, an access node, and access.
  • a mobility management node connected to the node and the radio access network, the communication network further includes:
  • An identity location register coupled to the access node, and a packet data network supporting routing and forwarding of data messages by location identification (RID), the access node being coupled between the radio access network and the packet data network, among them:
  • the access node is configured to: provide an access service for the terminal, allocate an RID to the terminal, maintain AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, register, log out, and query the RID of the terminal to the home belonging to the ILR, and implement the data packet. Routing and forwarding; and cooperate with other access nodes other than the access node to implement handover of the terminal across the access node;
  • the ILR is configured to: receive a registration and deregistration request for the ILR home subscriber terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the home subscriber terminal, and receive the query request for the terminal RID, and then query the terminal included in the request The RID corresponding to the AID is returned to the query requester.
  • the network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • the function of the access node is a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in the EPS network architecture.
  • the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in a 3G system, where the radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial wireless access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN); or
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial wireless access Network
  • UTRAN Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • the function of the access node is implemented by an access gateway of an ultra mobile broadband system
  • the mobility management node is a session reference network controller of an ultra mobile broadband system
  • the radio access network is an ultra mobile broadband wireless access system.
  • the communication network further includes an interconnection service node (ISN) connected to the access node, where the interconnection service node is a demarcation node of the communication network and the traditional IP network, and the ISN is set to: query and maintain the communication network terminal
  • ISN interconnection service node
  • the AID-RID mapping information encapsulates, routes, and forwards the data between the communication network and the traditional IP network, and implements interconnection and interworking functions between the networks.
  • the above communication network may also have the following features, and the access node includes:
  • the RID allocation module is configured to: allocate a RID to the terminal in the process of requesting access or terminal handover, and send the terminal AID and the allocated RID to the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module; and register the logout module, set to: After the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, carrying the AID and RID of the terminal;
  • the connection maintenance module is configured to: save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, or include the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, and AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; deleting the connection information of the terminal after the terminal moves out;
  • the mapping management module is configured to: save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; and the message forwarding module, set to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID—
  • the packet is encapsulated in a data packet, and is forwarded to the peer access node, and the downlink data packet is decapsulated.
  • the RID in the downlink data packet is stripped and sent to the terminal.
  • the text forwarding module includes a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, where: The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data file including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and uses the RID of the terminal and the communication peer as the source address and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is routed through the generalized forwarding plane and forwarded to the peer access node. If the RID of the communication peer is not queried, the IRR of the terminal is queried to the RID of the communication peer, and the queried communication pair is queried. The AID-RID of the end needs to be sent to the mapping management module for storage;
  • the second forwarding unit is configured to: decapsulate the received downlink data packet, strip the RID in the downlink data, and send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID;
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal does not exist in the mapping management module, and the mapping information is also saved to the mapping management module.
  • the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer refers to the correspondence relationship between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID; the first forwarding unit is further configured to: determine the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet Whether the relationship is saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, the correspondence relationship is saved in the communication maintenance relationship between the terminal and the communication peer end in the connection maintenance module;
  • the second forwarding unit is further configured to: determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet has been saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, save the correspondence in the connection maintenance module.
  • the communication network further includes a packet forwarding function (PTF) entity connected to the access node, where the PTF entity is configured to: send the home terminal of the PTF entity forwarded by the receiving access node or other packet forwarding function entity After the data packet is sent, the corresponding RID is queried according to the communication peer AID and encapsulated in the packet header, and the encapsulated data packet is sent to the access node accessed by the communication peer;
  • PTF packet forwarding function
  • the access node and the PTF entity have a data interface
  • the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, The RID of the terminal and the RID of the PTF entity are encapsulated in the uplink data packet, and then transmitted to the PTF entity of the communication peer, and the PTF entity replaces the RID of the PTF entity with The RID of the communication peer is forwarded to the peer access node.
  • the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, the first forwarding unit queries the RID of the communication peer, and then The RID of the terminal and the communication peer is encapsulated in the uplink data packet as a source address and a destination address, and is routed and forwarded to the access node accessed by the communication peer.
  • the access node further includes a handover control module, where:
  • the switching control module is configured to: control the switching of the terminal across the access node, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module after the terminal is cut out, and forward the data packet sent to the terminal in the handover process to the hand-in
  • the access node notifies the RID allocation module when the terminal cuts in;
  • connection maintenance module is further configured to: delete the connection information of the terminal after the terminal is cut out;
  • mapping management module is further configured to: when the terminal is cut out, delete the terminal and the communication peer end of the terminal The other terminal accessing the access node does not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship.
  • the switching control module includes a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, where:
  • the cut-out control unit is configured to: implement control for cutting out the terminal, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module terminal to cut out after the terminal is cut out; and forward the received data packet sent to the terminal during the handover process. Giving access to the access node;
  • the cut-in control unit is set to: implement control of the terminal cut-in, and notify the RID distribution module that the terminal cuts in.
  • the hand-in control module is further configured to: after the RID is assigned to the cut-in terminal, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the cut-in terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then find the connection to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR.
  • the RID of the opposite end of the communication so that the terminal RID update notification is sent to all the peer access nodes, and the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is carried; or the hand-in control module is further configured to: send the RID allocated for the cut-in terminal to the cut a cut-out control module of the access node;
  • the cut-out control module is further configured to: find an AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID received by the cut-in access node to the connection maintenance module, and then connect to the maintenance module or The mapping management module or the ILR finds the RID of the communication peer, sends a terminal RID update notification to all the peer access nodes, and carries the terminal new AID-RID mapping information;
  • the mapping management module is configured to: manage the communication peers that access all the terminals of the access node together, and further set: update the locally saved terminal after receiving the terminal RID update notification sent by the peer access node. AID-RID mapping information.
  • the cut-out control module is further configured to: send communication relationship information between the cut-out terminal and the communication peer, and/or AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the terminal to the hand-in access node for saving.
  • the access node further includes an offline processing module, where:
  • the offline processing module is configured to: after determining that the terminal accessing the access node is offline, notify the registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline; when determining that the communication peer is offline, notify the connection maintenance module and The mapping management module is offline of the communication peer;
  • the registration and logout module is further configured to: after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to return the RID of the terminal;
  • the connection maintenance module is further configured to: delete the connection information of the terminal after the terminal is offline, and delete the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal after learning that the communication peer is offline;
  • the mapping management module is further configured to: delete the AID-RID information of the communication peer when the communication peer is offline; when the terminal is offline and the terminal has a communication peer, delete the terminal communication terminal and access The other terminals of the access node do not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship.
  • the offline processing module is further configured to: after the terminal is offline, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then find the communication pair by using the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR.
  • the RID of the terminal notifies all the peer access nodes that the terminal is offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal sent by the peer access node, determines that the terminal that is the communication peer is offline.
  • the ILR is configured to: save or update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, and delete the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. Or invalidated, if the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, the interface between the ILRs is forwarded to the home location ILR for processing.
  • the network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture
  • the node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system, and the modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in the packet data network gateway (P-GW) )in.
  • P-GW packet data network gateway
  • the access nodes have a signaling interface, and the access node has a data interface with the generalized forwarding plane, and the signaling node between the access node and the ILR has a signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane, and the access node There is a signaling interface and a data interface with the ISN.
  • the present invention further provides a second communication network (ID) and location separation based on a network architecture separated by a control plane and a media plane, including a radio access network, an access node, and And a mobility management node that is connected to the access node and the radio access network, where the communication network further includes:
  • An identity location register coupled to the access node, and a packet data network supporting routing and forwarding of data messages by location identification (RID), the access node being coupled between the radio access network and the packet data network, among them:
  • the access node is configured to: provide an access service for the terminal, allocate an RID to the terminal, maintain AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, and implement routing and forwarding of the data packet;
  • the mobility management node is configured to : Registering and deregistering the RID of the terminal with the ILR, and cooperating with other mobility management nodes other than itself to implement handover of the terminal across the access node;
  • the ILR is configured to: receive a registration and deregistration request for the ILR home subscriber terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the home subscriber terminal, and receive the query request for the terminal RID, and then query the terminal included in the request The RID corresponding to the AID is returned to the query requester.
  • the network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the mobility management
  • the node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system, the radio access network being an evolved universal mobile communication system Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN); or
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal mobile communication system Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • UTRAN Universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
  • the function of the access node is implemented by an access gateway of an ultra mobile broadband system
  • the mobility management node is a session reference network controller of an ultra mobile broadband system
  • the radio access network is an ultra mobile broadband wireless access system.
  • the communication network further includes an interconnection service node (ISN), the interconnection service node having an interface with the access node, and a boundary node between the communication network and a traditional IP network,
  • ISN interconnection service node
  • the ISN is configured to: query and maintain AID-RID mapping information of the communication network terminal, encapsulate, route, and forward data packets between the communication network and the traditional IP network, and implement interconnection and interworking functions between the networks.
  • the above communication network may also have the following features, and the access node includes:
  • the RID allocation module is configured to: allocate a RID to the terminal during the terminal requesting access or terminal handover, and send the terminal AID and the allocated RID to the connection maintenance module and the mobility management node; and connect the maintenance module, and set as: save the terminal
  • the connection information includes the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, or includes the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, and the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end; After the terminal is offline and removed, the connection information of the terminal is deleted; after the communication peer is offline, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted;
  • the mapping management module is configured to: save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and delete the terminal that has no communication relationship with other terminals accessing the P-GW after learning that the terminal is cut out or offline when the communication peer exists.
  • the communication peer end when it is known that the communication peer is offline, deleting the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
  • the switching processing module is configured to: notify the RID distribution module to allocate an RID to the terminal when the terminal is cut in; and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module when the terminal is cut out;
  • the offline processing module is configured to: notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the communication peer is offline when determining that the communication peer is offline;
  • the packet forwarding module is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID is encapsulated in the data packet, and the route is forwarded to the peer end. And accessing the node, and decapsulating the downlink data packet, and stripping the RID in the downlink data packet to send to the terminal.
  • the text forwarding module includes a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, where:
  • the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data file including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and uses the RID of the terminal and the communication peer as the source address and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is forwarded to the peer P-GW through the generalized forwarding plane. Otherwise, the ILR of the terminal is queried to the RID of the communication peer, and the AID-RID of the queried communication peer is sent to the mapping management module. ;
  • the second forwarding unit is configured to: decapsulate the received downlink data packet, strip the RID in the downlink data, and send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID;
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal does not exist in the mapping management module, and the mapping information is also saved to the mapping management module;
  • the first forwarding unit and the second forwarding unit are respectively configured to: determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet is saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, save the correspondence information as Connect to the maintenance module.
  • the communication network further includes a packet forwarding function (PTF) entity connected to the access node, where the PTF entity is configured to: the PTF entity forwarded by a packet forwarding function entity other than the receiving node or itself After the data packet sent by the user terminal is queried, the corresponding RID is queried according to the communication peer AID and encapsulated in the packet header, and the data packet is sent to the access node accessed by the communication peer end;
  • PTF packet forwarding function
  • the access node and the PTF entity have a data interface
  • the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, The RID of the terminal and the RID of the PTF entity are encapsulated in the uplink data packet and then transmitted to the PTF entity of the communication peer.
  • the PTF entity replaces the RID of the PTF entity with the RID of the communication peer and forwards the packet to the peer end. Into the node.
  • the above communication network may also have the following features, and the mobility management node includes:
  • the registration cancellation module is configured to: after receiving the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, and carrying the AID and RID of the terminal; After the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to cancel the RID of the terminal;
  • the offline processing module is configured to: notify the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and notify the access node that the communication peer is offline when determining that the communication peer is offline;
  • the switching control module is set to: control the switching process of the terminal, including:
  • the control unit is cut out, and is set to: implement control of the terminal cut-out, request handover from the handover mobility management node, notify the terminal to switch after receiving the response, notify the access node after the terminal cuts out, and cut into the control unit, and set it as:
  • the control of the terminal handover is implemented.
  • the radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the access node is notified to the terminal to cut in, and the handover response is returned to the mobility management node, and the handover is notified after the handover is completed. Sex management node.
  • the above communication network may also have the following features, the mobility management node further includes a connection maintenance module, and the module of the mobility management node is:
  • the connection maintenance module is configured to: save the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer when the terminal communicates; delete the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer after the terminal is offline and remove; and after the communication peer is offline, delete the communication peer and the terminal. Communication relationship information;
  • the offline processing module is further configured to: notify the connection maintenance module when determining that the communication peer is offline;
  • the cut-out control unit in the switching control module is configured to: notify the connection maintenance module after the terminal is cut out;
  • the packet forwarding module is configured to: the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer that is not saved locally obtained from the packet is also sent to the connection maintenance module of the mobility management node for saving.
  • the offline processing module of the mobility management node is further configured to: notify all the peers to move according to the location information of the peer-to-home user server or the local query to the peer mobility management node according to the AID after determining that the accessed terminal is offline.
  • the sexual management node has the terminal offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal of the opposite mobility management node, determining that the terminal is offline, and forwarding the notification to the offline processing module in the access node;
  • the offline processing module in the access node is configured to: after receiving the offline notification of the terminal, determine that the terminal that is the communication peer is offline.
  • the cut-out control unit is further configured to: send the communication relationship information of the terminal and the communication peer held by the connection maintenance module to the hand-in mobility management node during the handover process;
  • the hand-in control unit is further configured to: save the communication relationship information between the terminal sent out by the mobility management node and the communication peer to the connection maintenance module, and forward the information to the access node for storage.
  • the hand-in control unit is further configured to: after obtaining the RID allocated by the access node for the hand-in terminal, according to the AID of the terminal, from the peer home user server or the local query to the location information of the peer mobility management node, to the The peer mobility management node sends a terminal RID update notification, carries the terminal new AID-RID mapping information, and forwards the terminal RID update notification sent by the peer mobility management node to the access node;
  • the mapping management module of the access node is configured to: update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal saved locally after receiving the terminal RID update notification.
  • the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is further configured to: notify the access node that the terminal cuts out, and forward the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal communication peer end sent by the access node to the hand-in mobility management.
  • the switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: after the terminal is cut out, send the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal end of the terminal to the mobility management node;
  • the hand-in control unit in the mobility management node is further configured to: forward the AID-RID mapping information of the handover terminal communication peer end sent by the mobility management node to the access node for saving.
  • the access node has an interface between the access nodes, and the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is configured to: notify the handover processing module of the access node when the terminal is cut out;
  • the switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: have one or more of the following functions: after learning that the terminal is cut out, pass the AID-RID information of the communication peer end of the terminal to the access node
  • the interface is sent to the access node that the terminal cuts in, and is saved by the mapping management module of the access node that the terminal cuts in;
  • the terminal access node After the terminal is cut in, after the terminal is allocated a new RID, the terminal access node is notified of the RID update of the terminal, and the notification carries the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal; the mapping management module of the peer access node Updating the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving;
  • the received data packet sent to the terminal is forwarded to the hand-in access node.
  • the access node has an interface between the access nodes, and the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is configured to: notify the handover processing module of the access node when the terminal is cut out;
  • the switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: after learning that the terminal is cut out, send the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer to the access node cut by the terminal, and the connection of the access node cut by the terminal.
  • the maintenance module is saved.
  • the access node has an interface, and the offline processing module of the access node is further configured to: after determining that the accessed terminal is offline, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module. And then to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR to find the RID of the communication peer, notify all the peer access nodes that the terminal is offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal sent by the peer access node, determine The terminal of the communication peer is offline.
  • the first forwarding unit of the packet forwarding module in the access node is configured to: query the RID of the communication peer through the signaling interface to the home location of the terminal ILR. ; or
  • the mobility management node and the ILR have a signaling interface, and the first forwarding unit of the packet forwarding module in the access node is configured to: when querying the RID of the communication peer, request the mobility management node to Querying the RID of the communication peer end, carrying the AID of the communication peer end, and receiving the query result returned by the mobility management node;
  • the mobility management node further includes a mapping query module, and the mapping query module is configured to: after receiving the query request, query the corresponding RID according to the communication peer AID to the communication peer home ILR, and query the communication pair.
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the end is returned to the access node.
  • the ILR is configured to: save or update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, and delete the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. Or invalidated, if the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, the interface between the ILRs is forwarded to the home location ILR for processing.
  • the above-mentioned communication network realized by the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane supports the application scenario of the mobile terminal, and effectively solves the problem of the loop in the scenario.
  • the above-mentioned communication network implementation based on the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane considers the requirements of the compatible terminal and the compatible upper layer service, and only needs to upgrade the network side device, and is compatible with the terminal without changing the terminal.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a method for a terminal to access the above communication network, which can realize identity identification and location separation when the terminal accesses the communication network.
  • the present invention also provides a method for a terminal to access the first communication network, the communication network further comprising a home subscriber server for storing terminal location information, the method comprising:
  • the terminal establishes a connection with the network element that is wirelessly connected to the network, and requests access to the mobility management node by using the network element;
  • the mobility management node performs, after the authentication is passed, the location update to the home subscriber server of the terminal, and then requests the access node to establish a connection to the packet data network, and carries the identity identifier (AID) of the terminal. );
  • the access node allocates a location identifier (RID) to the terminal, initiates registration with the terminal home ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
  • RID location identifier
  • the access node, the mobility management node, the radio access network, and the terminal interact to complete the establishment of the connection between the terminal and the access node.
  • the AID of the terminal is configured on the terminal, and the message sent by the terminal to the mobility management node is transmitted to the mobility management node;
  • the AID of the terminal is configured on the home subscriber server of the terminal, and is transmitted from the home subscriber server to the mobility management node by a location update response.
  • the network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture
  • the function of the access node is implemented by a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway (P-GW) in the EPS network architecture and
  • the modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway
  • the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in a 3G system ( SGSN)
  • the radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN);
  • the terminal is connected to the EPS network architecture
  • the attach procedure is accessed to the communication network where the identity is separated from the location.
  • the present invention further provides a method for a terminal to access the foregoing second communication network, the communication network further comprising a home subscriber server for storing terminal location information, the method comprising:
  • the terminal establishes a connection with the network element that is wirelessly connected to the network, and requests access to the mobility management node by using the network element;
  • the mobility management node authenticates the terminal, and after the authentication is passed, performs location update to the home subscriber server of the terminal, saves the AID information of the terminal, and then requests the access node to establish a connection to the packet data network, and Carrying the identity (AID) of the terminal;
  • the access node allocates a location identifier (RID) to the terminal, and sends the RID to the mobility management node by using a response message, where the mobility management node initiates registration with the terminal home location ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
  • RID location identifier
  • the access node, the mobility management node, the radio access network, and the terminal interact to complete the establishment of the connection between the terminal and the access node.
  • the AID of the terminal is configured on the terminal, and the message sent by the terminal to the mobility management node is transmitted to the mobility management node;
  • the AID of the terminal is configured on the home subscriber server of the terminal, and is transmitted from the home subscriber server to the mobility management node by a location update response.
  • the network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, where the access node corresponds to a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the access node
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • the AID and RID management related modules are disposed in a packet data network gateway
  • the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in a 3G system
  • the access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN); the terminal accesses the attached process to the EPS network architecture
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
  • UTRAN universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
  • the identity is separated from the location of the communication network.
  • the identity identification and the location separation are realized when the terminal accesses the communication network.
  • Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a method for offline access from the above-mentioned communication network when the terminal exists at the communication peer end, so as to realize resource release of the terminal with identity identification and location separation.
  • the present invention further provides a processing method for the terminal to be offline from the first communication network when the terminal exists, the method comprising: in the offline process of the terminal, the access node, The mobility management entity, the radio access network network element, and the terminal interact with each other to release the connection of the terminal to the access node;
  • the access node When the access node learns that the accessed terminal is offline, it initiates a logout to the home ILR of the terminal, and the ILR deletes the RID registered by the terminal or sets the RID to be invalid, and responds with a response;
  • the access node also releases the locally cached AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer end, and checks, for each communication peer AID of the terminal, whether there is another terminal and the communication pair locally. There is also a communication relationship at the terminal, if not, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released, otherwise the AID-RID information of the communication peer is reserved;
  • the access node When the access node determines that the accessed terminal is offline, it also sends a terminal offline notification to all the peer access nodes, and carries the AID of the terminal;
  • the peer access node After receiving the offline notification of the terminal, the peer access node deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the other terminal in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal, and responds with a response.
  • the access node determines that the terminal is offline according to the signaling received by the session release process initiated by the terminal; or the access node is received according to the session release process initiated by the mobility management node. Let the terminal know that the terminal is offline; or, the access node learns that the terminal is offline when the default access release is initiated by the access node.
  • the communication network is a network with an identity identification and a location separation architecture implemented based on an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture.
  • the modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in the 3G system (SGSN).
  • the radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN).
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
  • UTRAN universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network
  • the present invention further provides a processing method for the terminal to be offline from the second communication network when the terminal exists, the method comprising: in the process of the terminal being offline, the access node learns the access terminal After being offline, the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer are released, and each communication peer AID of the terminal checks whether there are other terminals in the local terminal and the communication peer exists. The communication relationship, if not, releases the AID-RID information of the communication peer, and otherwise retains the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
  • the mobility management node After the mobility management node learns that the access terminal is offline, it initiates a logout to the home ILR of the terminal, and the ILR deletes the RID registered by the terminal or sets the RID to be invalid, and responds with a response;
  • the access node, the mobility management entity, the radio access network element, and the terminal interact to release the connection between the terminal and the access node.
  • the offline notification of the terminal is also sent to the remote access node through the remote mobility management node, and the notification carries the AID of the terminal;
  • the peer access node After receiving the offline notification of the terminal, the peer access node deletes the communication relationship information of the terminal and other terminals other than itself in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal.
  • the communication network is a network with an identity identification and a location separation architecture implemented based on an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture.
  • the modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in the 3G system (SGSN).
  • the radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN).
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
  • UTRAN universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network
  • the above method realizes resource release of the terminal with identity identification and location separation in the communication network separated by identity and location based on the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane.
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of a network topology of a SILSN architecture according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Figure lc is a schematic diagram of a topological relationship between a network based on a SILSN architecture and a traditional IP network
  • Figure 2a and Figure 2b are schematic diagrams of a network connection of a first example of a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario, respectively.
  • a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario, respectively.
  • FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b are schematic diagrams showing a network connection of a second example of a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario;
  • 4a and 4b are schematic diagrams showing a network connection of a third example of a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario;
  • Figure 5 is a flow chart of the initial establishment of the user terminal of the network shown in Figure 2a for session establishment;
  • Figure 6 is a flow chart of the session release when the user terminal of the network shown in Figure 2a is offline;
  • Figure 7 is based on the figure 3b is a flow chart of initial establishment of a user terminal of the network for session establishment;
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of performing session release when the user terminal of the network shown in FIG. 3b is offline;
  • FIG. 9 is a P-GW of the first embodiment. Functional block diagram;
  • FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram of a P-GW and an MME in Embodiment 2.
  • Figure lb shows a Subscriber Identifier & Locator Separation Network (SILSN) architecture.
  • the network topology of the SILSN architecture is divided into an access network and a backbone network with no overlapping relationships in the topology relationship. It is located at the edge of the backbone network and is responsible for accessing all terminals.
  • the backbone network is responsible for routing and forwarding data packets between terminals.
  • the AID is the user identity of the terminal, and the network uniquely assigns an AID to each terminal user, which remains unchanged during the terminal movement;
  • the RID is the location identifier assigned by the network to the terminal, and is used in the backbone network. It should be noted that the identity
  • the location identifiers can have different names in different SILSN architectures, but the essence is the same.
  • the terminal may be one or more of a mobile terminal, a fixed terminal, and a nomadic terminal, such as a mobile phone, a landline telephone, a computer, a server, and the like.
  • the access network is used to provide a Layer 2 (physical layer and link layer) access means for the terminal, and maintains a physical access link between the terminal and the ASN.
  • Layer 2 access methods include: Cellular Mobile Network Technology (GSM/CDMA/TD-SCDMA/WCDMA/WiMAX/LTE), DSL, Broadband Fiber Access or WiFi Access, and more.
  • the access service node is used to provide access services for the terminal, maintain the connection between the terminal and the network, assign the RID to the terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information, register and register the RID of the terminal, and implement the RID of the terminal. Functions such as routing and forwarding of data packets.
  • the main network elements of the backbone network include:
  • An access service node is used to allocate RIDs to terminals, maintain AID-RID mapping information of terminals, register and register RIDs of ILRs, and implement routing and forwarding of data packets.
  • the ASN accesses the backbone network.
  • the RID assigned by the ASN contains the address information of the ASN. When the RID is used as the destination address of the data packet, the data packet will be routed to the ASN.
  • a common router (CR) is used to select a route according to the RID in the data packet, and forward the data with the RID as the destination address.
  • the Identity Location Register (ILR) is used to store the identity and location identifier mapping information of the terminal.
  • the text is also written as AID-RID mapping information to process registration, logout, and query of the terminal location.
  • the backbone network may further include:
  • a Packet Transfer Function (PTF) entity also known as a packet forwarding function node, is used to route and forward data packets with the AID as the destination address.
  • PPF Packet Transfer Function
  • An Interconnect Service Node has an interface with a general-purpose router, ASN, and ILR for querying and maintaining AID-RID mapping information of the network terminal, encapsulating, routing, and forwarding between the network and the legacy IP network. Data packets from and to each other to achieve interconnection and interoperability between the two networks.
  • the above ILR, or ILR and PTF entities constitute the mapping forwarding plane of the backbone network, CR, or CR and ISN constitute the generalized forwarding plane of the backbone network.
  • Other network elements such as a certification center may also be included in the backbone network.
  • the SILSN architecture can exist and evolve in the form of one or more islands of a traditional IP network, or as an extension of a traditional IP network.
  • the topology relationship between the SILSN architecture and the traditional IP network is shown in Figure lc.
  • the backbone part of the SILSN architecture is in the same plane as the traditional IP, and communicates with the traditional IP network through the ISN.
  • the SILSN architecture has the capability of independent networking, which can form a network that is developed independently from the traditional IP network. At this stage, the functional entity ISN will no longer exist.
  • the terminal and the communication peer Based on the SILSN architecture network, because the terminal and the identity and location are separated, the terminal and the communication peer identify the other party through the AID, and use the RID to implement routing and forwarding of data packets.
  • the AID does not change, so as to maintain the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer.
  • the RID can be redistributed as the terminal moves to support the terminal to perform mobility without fixed anchor points, and solve the problem of packet path bypass. Therefore, in order to achieve normal communication, the following conditions can be met:
  • the ASN shall store the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal accessing the ASN to implement correct forwarding of the next data packet.
  • the ASN-RID mapping information of the communication peer must be saved to correctly forward the uplink data packet.
  • the downlink data packet is a data packet sent by the ASN to the terminal accessing the ASN
  • the uplink data packet is a data packet sent by the terminal accessed by the ASN to the communication peer end.
  • the peer ASN refers to the ASN that the communication peer of the terminal accesses.
  • a peer network element mentioned in the text also refers to the network element accessed by the communication peer of the terminal.
  • the information is transmitted between two network elements, if there is no specific indication that a network element is a peer network element, it should be understood as information transmission between network elements on the same side of the terminal access.
  • the ILR After the ASN allocates the RID to the terminal, the ILR initiates a registration process to the home ILR of the terminal, and carries the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
  • the ASN establishes the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer, that is, the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID, and may be a communication peer table including the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in a specific form, and the ASN may receive the information from the ASN. Obtaining the AID of the terminal and its communication peer in the data packet, and storing it in the communication peer table of the terminal;
  • the ASN establishes the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and can be queried from the ILR when the uplink data packet is forwarded, and obtained from the received downlink data packet;
  • the ASN deletes the AID-RID mapping of the terminal
  • the ASN deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer
  • the ASN maintains AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer
  • the ASN notifies the peer ASN terminal that it is offline;
  • the ASN determines that the communication peer of the terminal is offline, deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and deletes the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
  • the handover process refers to the process of the terminal's cross-ASN handover triggered by the mobile
  • the processing on the cut-in side includes:
  • the ASN allocates a RID for the cut-in terminal
  • the ASN initiates a registration process to the ILR that is the home location of the handover terminal, and carries the AID-RID mapping information of the cut-in terminal;
  • the processing of the cut-out side includes:
  • the ASN deletes the AID-RID mapping information of the cut-out terminal, and deletes the communication relationship information between the cut-out terminal and the communication peer;
  • the ASN maintains the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end of the cut-out terminal.
  • the ASN or the terminal home ILR is notified to notify the peer ASN terminal of the RID update.
  • the handover process in the text is a scenario for the terminal to move to another ASN service area when the communication peer exists.
  • the communication network uses the real-time flow detection mechanism, that is, the terminal moves to another ASN service in the communication state. Switching control in the area.
  • the mobile terminal allocates the RID and the ILR registration to the terminal, which is consistent with the access process.
  • the removed side deletes the AID and RID information of the terminal, and the offline phase Than, you can not log out of the ILR.
  • All the processing related to the communication peer does not need to be performed, including the communication relationship information, the maintenance of the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, and the notification of the RID update of the peer terminal, and the data forwarding between the cut-in and the ASN is not required. .
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end of the ASN to the ASN delivery terminal is cut out, and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer is optional, and the ASN can also obtain the information in the process of the terminal initiating communication.
  • the ASN notifies that the peer ASN terminal is offline.
  • the ASN can also determine whether the communication peer is offline through the flow real-time detection mechanism. If it is found that the data sent by the terminal is not detected within the set time, the terminal is considered to be offline. .
  • the SILSN architecture is mainly a technology for identity identification and location separation proposed by the existing mobile Internet.
  • EPS system architecture Based on the EPS system architecture, three embodiments of implementing the SILSN architecture on the EPS system architecture are proposed, mainly for implementing terminal identity. The improvements made on the legacy system required for identification and location separation are described.
  • the network elements that need to be upgraded such as P-GW and MME, except the following
  • the functional modules related to the identity and location separation of the terminal need to remain in the original functional modules of the EPS system.
  • the SILSN architecture implemented in this embodiment based on the EPS system architecture is shown in Figure 2a.
  • the figure shows the main network elements in the architecture network and the connection interfaces between the network elements.
  • the access network part of the SILSN architecture is mainly implemented by the radio access network in the EPS system.
  • the mobility management entity (MME), the S-GW and the upgraded P-GW in the EPS system jointly implement the functions to be completed by the ASN.
  • network elements such as ILR, PTF entity, and ISN are added to the interface with the P-GW.
  • These network elements are logical network elements.
  • the physical entities can be combined with existing network elements.
  • the generalized forwarding plane is supported by RIDs. Routing packet data network implementation.
  • the P-GW is used to provide an access service for the terminal, allocate the RID to the P-GW, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, register with the ILR, log out and query the RID of the terminal, and implement the datagram. Routing and forwarding.
  • the P-GW is also used to cooperate with other P-GWs to implement handover of terminals across P-GWs.
  • the P-GW includes the following functional modules related to implementing identity and location separation of the terminal:
  • the RID allocation module is configured to allocate a RID to the terminal during the terminal requesting the access or the terminal to cut in, and send the AID and the allocated RID of the terminal to the registration and cancellation module and the connection maintenance module.
  • the registration cancellation module is configured to, after receiving the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, request the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, and carry the AID and the RID of the terminal; after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the terminal
  • the ILR logs out the RID of the terminal.
  • the connection maintenance module is configured to save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and may include AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; the terminal is offline, and the terminal is deleted after being removed. Connection information; optional, knowing that the communication peer is offline After that, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted.
  • mapping management module configured to save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; learn that the terminal is cut out or offline when the communication peer exists, delete the terminal, and the terminal and the access terminal
  • the other terminal of the P-GW does not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship; when it is known that the communication peer is offline, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is deleted; and the local RID update notification is received after the peer sends the notification
  • the saved AID-RID mapping information of the terminal It can be managed together with the communication peers accessing all the terminals of the P-GW.
  • the offline processing module is configured to notify the registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the terminal accessing the P-GW is offline, and optionally, after the terminal is offline, notify the opposite end of the terminal.
  • the terminal of the P-GW is offline.
  • the AID of the terminal can be found according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then the RID of the communication peer is found by the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR.
  • the peer P-GW sends a terminal offline notification; when it is determined that the communication peer is offline, the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module are notified.
  • the offline processing module may determine that the terminal accessing the P-GW is offline when receiving the relevant signaling of the offline process of the terminal, such as an offline request message or a session release request or a bearer modification message or determining that the default bearer needs to be released.
  • the method of maintaining the real-time detection mechanism of the flow such as setting the resource release timer, after detecting the data message sent by the terminal within the time limit of the timer, determining that the terminal is offline and determining the manner in which the communication peer is offline It may be a notification of receiving the peer P-GW, or a manner of real-time detection of the above flow.
  • the switching control module is configured to implement control of switching the terminal across the P-GW, including a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, where:
  • the cut-out control unit is configured to implement control for cutting out the terminal, and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module terminal to cut out after the terminal is cut out; during the handover, the received data packet sent to the terminal is forwarded to the terminal
  • the P-GW is cut into the P-GW.
  • the communication relationship information of the terminal and the communication peer and/or the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer are sent to the P-GW.
  • the cut-in control unit is configured to implement control of the terminal hand-in, and notify the RID distribution module to cut in the terminal; optionally, send an update terminal RID notification to the peer P-GW, and carry the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal.
  • the cut-in control module can find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the cut-in terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then go to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR search. To the RID of the communication peer (pointing to the peer P-GW), the terminal RID update notification is sent to all the peer P-GWs.
  • the hand-in control module may be configured to send the RID allocated for the cut-in terminal to the cut-out control module of the cut-out P-GW; correspondingly, the cut-out control module is configured to receive the cut-in side according to The AID assigned by the terminal to the connection maintenance module finds the AID of all the communication peers of the terminal, and then finds the RID of the communication peer to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR, and sends the terminal RID update notification to all the peer P-GWs. .
  • the packet forwarding module is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID is encapsulated in the data packet, routed and forwarded to the peer access node, and The downlink data packet is decapsulated, and the RID is stripped and sent to the terminal.
  • the ⁇ text forwarding module is divided into a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, where:
  • the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and encapsulates the RID of the terminal and the communication peer end as a source and destination address.
  • the generalized forwarding plane is routed and forwarded to the peer P-GW; otherwise, the terminal ILR queries the RID of the communication peer, and the queried AID-RID of the communication peer is saved to the mapping management module; the datagram
  • the text may be sent to the PTF entity of the terminal home, and then forwarded by the PTF entity to the peer P-GW, or may be cached first.
  • the RID of the terminal and the communication peer After querying the RID of the communication peer, the RID of the terminal and the communication peer is used as the source and destination.
  • the address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is routed through the generalized forwarding plane and forwarded to the peer P-GW.
  • the manner in which the first forwarding unit searches for the terminal's home ILR and/or PTF entity may be implemented by querying the locally configured terminal AID and its home location ILR and/or PTF entity correspondence information.
  • the second forwarding unit After receiving the downlink data packet, the second forwarding unit is configured to decapsulate the data packet, and after stripping the RID, send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID; for example, the AID of the communication peer in the text
  • the RID mapping information does not exist in the mapping management module and is also saved in the mapping management module.
  • the first forwarding unit and the second forwarding unit may further determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data file is saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, add to the terminal and communication saved by the connection maintenance module.
  • the identity location register may be physically configured with the home subscriber server in the EPS system or may be separately configured to receive a registration and deregistration request for the home subscriber terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, and After receiving the query request for the terminal, the RID corresponding to the terminal AID included in the request is returned to the query requesting party.
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is saved or updated after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is deleted or invalidated after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. If the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, it is forwarded to the home location of the terminal for ILR processing.
  • the packet forwarding function (PTF) entity is optional.
  • the PTF entity can be set up with the ILR or separately set to receive the data message sent by the home user terminal forwarded by the P-GW or other PTF entities. After the corresponding RID is found according to the communication peer AID (for example, it can be searched by ILR or local search) and encapsulated in the packet header, the data packet is forwarded to the peer P-GW. If the data packet sent by the non-home user terminal is received, it is forwarded to the PTF entity of the terminal.
  • the Interworking Service Node is optional. It can be set up with the P-GW or can be set separately. It is the demarcation node between the network and the traditional IP network. It is used to query and maintain the AID of the network terminal of the architecture.
  • the RID mapping information encapsulates, routes, and forwards data packets between the network and the traditional IP network to implement interconnection and interworking between the network and the traditional IP.
  • the ISN is the access node of the traditional IP network terminal in the SILSN architecture network.
  • the main interface related to the identity and location separation of the terminal in this embodiment includes (the following interface names can be changed):
  • S12 is an interface between the P-GWs, and is mainly used for transmitting the management signaling when the terminal moves or offline, and transmits the terminal RID update notification to the peer P-GW when the terminal RID changes, optionally, the transmitting terminal and the communication pair
  • the communication relationship information of the terminal, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and the offline notification of the terminal are transmitted to the opposite end.
  • S13/D13 is a signaling/data interface between the P-GW and the ISN.
  • the P-GW During the communication between the network terminal of the architecture and the traditional IP network terminal, if the terminal of the network in the architecture switches, the P-GW notifies the ISN of the new AID-RID mapping information of the network terminal of the architecture through the S13 interface.
  • the P-GW and the ISN mutually transmit data of the network terminal of the architecture and the traditional network terminal through the D13 interface.
  • the format of the data packet on the D13 interface is shown in Table 1: Layer 2 header source RID destination RID IP packet header (. . , source AID, data
  • Purpose AID, .. ) Message payload Table 1 where source AID and source RID are the AID and RID of the terminal that sent the packet.
  • the destination AID and destination RID are the AID and RID of the communication peer to which the packet is sent.
  • S14 is a signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and is mainly used for querying and maintaining AID-RID mapping information.
  • S14 is the interface between the P-GW and the home ILR (Home ILR).
  • S14 is the interface between the P-GW and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
  • D14 is the data interface between the P-GW and the PTF entity.
  • the format of the data packet on the D14 interface is as shown in Table 2:
  • the RIDi is the routing address of the PTF entity in the mapping forwarding plane connected to the P-GW, and is obtained by the configuration data on the P-GW.
  • the source RID, source AID, and destination AID have the same meaning as D 13 interface.
  • S15 is the signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane, which is used to query and maintain the AID-RID mapping information. And mapping information interaction within the forwarding plane.
  • the packet format of the data interface between the P-GW and the generalized forwarding plane is the same as that of the D13 interface, and the data packet between the S-GW and the P-GW should include: a Layer 2 header, an IP packet header (... , source AID, destination AID, . . . ) and data message payload, can be added to other packages.
  • the P-GW can have a forwarding interface for data packets.
  • the format of the packet can be: Layer 2 header, tunnel encapsulation, IP packet header (..., source AID, destination AID, . . . ) And data message payload.
  • processing of the terminal to access the network including the following main processes: processing of the terminal to access the network, processing of registering and deregistering the terminal, processing of the terminal initiated communication, processing of the terminal switching, and processing of the terminal offline.
  • processing of the terminal including the following main processes: processing of the terminal to access the network, processing of registering and deregistering the terminal, processing of the terminal initiated communication, processing of the terminal switching, and processing of the terminal offline.
  • processing of the terminal including the following main processes: processing of the terminal to access the network, processing of registering and deregistering the terminal, processing of the terminal initiated communication, processing of the terminal switching, and processing of the terminal offline.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart of the initial setup of the terminal for the session establishment process based on the system of FIG. 2a in the embodiment, and the specific steps are as follows:
  • Step 501 The terminal establishes a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection with the radio side network element as a bearer of the signaling message or the service data.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Step 502 The terminal sends a non-access stratum (NAS) message to the radio side network element to perform an attach operation.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the NAS message carries the AID information of the terminal.
  • Step 503 The wireless side network element forwards the NAS message to the MME by using the initial user message.
  • Step 504 The MME starts the authentication and the security process, and performs verification on the terminal.
  • Step 505 The MME requests the HSS to perform location update; the HSS responds to the MME with a location update response;
  • the location update response message carries the AID information of the terminal.
  • Step 506 The MME sends a session establishment request to the S-GW to establish a core network connection, and carries the terminal AID information.
  • the S-GW sends a session establishment request message to the P-GW, and the terminal carries the terminal to sign the AID information.
  • Step 507 The P-GW allocates an RID to the terminal, initiates registration with the ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, and returns a confirmation response to the P-GW.
  • Step 508 The P-GW returns a session establishment response to the S-GW, and then the S-GW sends a session establishment response to the MME.
  • Step 509 The MME initiates an initial context establishment request to the radio side network element.
  • Step 510 The terminal performs an RRC connection configuration process with the radio side network element.
  • Step 511 The wireless side network element replies to the MME initial context establishment response.
  • Step 512 The terminal sends a direct transmission message to the wireless side network element, including the attachment completion information.
  • Step 513 The wireless side network element sends an attach complete message to the MME.
  • Step 514 The MME updates the bearer request to the S-GW.
  • Step 515 The S-GW sends a bearer update request to the P-GW, and then the P-GW returns a bearer update response to the S-GW.
  • Step 516 The S-GW responds to the MME bearer update response message.
  • the above process is basically the same as the existing EPS attachment process, but the step 507 is added to the ILR registration terminal RID.
  • the session establishment request sent by the mobility management entity to the S-GW in step 506 should carry the terminal AID information.
  • the AID is the HSS that is brought to the mobility management entity by the location update response in step 505 or by the terminal via the NAS message in step 503.
  • the control of the terminal is as follows: The related resources are released after the terminal is cut out; The radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the terminal is assigned an RID.
  • the transmission of the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer In the process of handover, the transmission of the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, the transmission of the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, the forwarding of the data message sent to the terminal, the notification of the RID update of the peer P-GW terminal, etc. It has been described above and will not be repeated here.
  • the P-GW After receiving the uplink data packet, the P-GW queries the locally cached AID-RID mapping table according to the AID of the communication peer in the data packet:
  • the P-GW encapsulates the RID of the terminal and its communication peer in the data packet, converts it to the format defined by the D13 interface, and forwards it to the peer P-GW;
  • the P-GW queries the ILR of the communication peer to the ILR of the communication peer. After the RID of the peer end is communicated, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end is locally saved, and the data processing is performed in the following two manners;
  • the P-GW converts the data packet into the format defined by the D14 interface and then transmits the data packet to the PTF entity of the communication peer.
  • the PTF entity queries the communication peer at the local or the ILR of the communication peer. After the RID, the data packet is converted into the format defined by the D13 interface by the format defined by the D14 interface, and then transmitted to the peer P-GW; or
  • the P-GW first buffers the data packet, and after the RID of the communication peer is queried, the buffered data packet is converted into a format defined by the D13 interface and transmitted to the peer P-GW.
  • the P-GW After receiving the downlink data packet, the P-GW decapsulates the data packet, converts it into a format defined by the interface between the P-GW and the S-GW, and sends the data packet to the terminal. If the P-GW checks that the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer received by the P-GW is not saved locally, the P-GW needs to cache the information.
  • the P-GW can determine whether the AID of the communication peer obtained from the message has been saved in the communication peer table of the communication relationship information between the recording terminal and the communication peer end. If not, the P-GW needs to be added to the communication peer end. In the table.
  • Figure 6 is a flow chart showing the process of releasing the session when the user is offline, based on the system of Figure 2a.
  • the specific steps of the session release process initiated by the terminal include:
  • Step 601 The terminal sends an offline request message to the mobility management entity by using the wireless side network element.
  • Step 602 The mobility management entity sends a session deletion request to the S-GW to deactivate the bearer information of the terminal, and the S-GW moves to the mobile device.
  • the sexual management entity responds to the session deletion response message;
  • Step 603 The S-GW requests the P-GW to perform session deletion, deletes all bearers of the terminal, and the P-GW will reply to delete the session response message.
  • Step 604 After receiving the session deletion request, the P-GW initiates a logout to the terminal home ILR, and the ILR cancels the RID registered by the terminal, and the ILR replies with a response;
  • Step 605 The P-GW sends a terminal offline notification to the peer P-GW, and carries the AID of the terminal; the peer P-GW replies with a response; This step is performed after step 603, and the order of steps 604 is not limited.
  • Step 606 The P-GW releases the AID-RID mapping information of the locally cached terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer end. Meanwhile, for each communication peer AID of the terminal, the P-GW checks whether there are other terminals locally. There is still a communication relationship with the communication peer. If not, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released, otherwise the AID-RID information of the communication peer is reserved;
  • Step 607 After receiving the request for deleting the terminal, the peer P-GW deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and other terminals in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal.
  • This step is performed after step 605, and there is no fixed sequence before and after step 606.
  • Step 608 The mobility management entity sends an offline accept message to the terminal.
  • Step 609 The mobility management entity sends a connection release signaling to the radio side network element, and the wireless side information is released.
  • the AID information is used as the user identity of the terminal.
  • the P-GW adds step 604 to initiate the logout to the ILR and step 605 notifies the peer P-GW.
  • the offline processing mode of the terminal is basically the same as the signaling process of the existing session or bearer release, but the AID information needs to be used as the user identity of the terminal. And adding the processing of the AID and RID information in the above step 604 607. The description will not be repeated here.
  • the communication relationship information and related notification between the terminal and the communication peer are reported by the P-GW to the terminal belonging to the ILR, and the communication relationship of the ILR maintenance terminal is Information, and send a terminal RID update notification to the peer ASN when the RID of the terminal changes.
  • the SILSN architecture implemented in this embodiment based on the EPS system architecture is shown in Figures 3a and 3b.
  • the figure shows the main network elements of the architecture network and the connection interfaces between the network elements.
  • SILSN architecture access The network part is mainly implemented by the radio access network in the EPS system.
  • the S-GW in the EPS system, the upgraded P-GW and the mobility management entity jointly implement the functions to be completed by the ASN.
  • network elements such as ILRs, PTF entities, and ISNs having interfaces with the P-GW are added.
  • These network elements are logical network elements, which can be combined with existing network elements on a physical entity, and the generalized forwarding plane can support a packet data network of RID routing.
  • P-GW packet data network gateway
  • the P-GW includes the following functional modules related to implementing identity separation and location separation of the terminal:
  • the RID allocation module is configured to allocate an RID to the terminal in the process of requesting access or terminal handover, and send the AID and the allocated RID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module and the MME.
  • the connection maintenance module is configured to save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and may include AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; the terminal is offline, and the terminal is deleted after being removed. Connection information; Optionally, after the communication peer is offline, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted.
  • the mapping management module is configured to save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and after deleting the terminal cut-out or offline when the communication peer exists, deleting the terminal and the other end of the terminal communication peer with the accessing P-GW
  • the terminal has no AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship; when the communication peer is offline, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is deleted; and the saved AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is updated after receiving the terminal RID update notification.
  • the switching processing module is configured to notify the RID distribution module of the terminal to cut in when the terminal is cut in; when the terminal is cut out, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal cuts out, and optionally, the AID of the terminal communication peer
  • the -RID mapping information is sent to the MME. Will receive during the switch
  • the data message sent to the terminal is forwarded to the cut-in P-GW.
  • the offline processing module is configured to notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and when the communication peer is determined to be offline, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the communication peer is offline.
  • the communication peer can be determined to be offline according to the notification of the offline communication of the communication peer transmitted by the MME.
  • the related signaling in the offline process such as the request to delete the terminal transmitted by the MME, may be determined that the terminal accessing the P-GW is offline, and the maintenance of the terminal and the peer communication relationship information may also be maintained by using real-time flow detection. .
  • the packet forwarding module is basically the same as the first embodiment, except that the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer that is not saved locally from the packet can be sent to the MME for storage.
  • the MME is configured to cooperate with the home subscriber server to complete the authentication of the terminal, to the ILR registration and the RID of the terminal, to maintain the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer, and to cooperate with other MMEs to implement handover of the terminal across the P-GW.
  • the MME includes the following functional modules related to implementing identity identification and location separation of the terminal:
  • the registration cancellation module is configured to, after receiving the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, request the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, and carry the AID and the RID of the terminal; after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the terminal
  • the ILR logs out the RID of the terminal.
  • the connection maintenance module is optional, and is used for storing communication relationship information between the communication terminal and the communication peer end, and may include AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end; the terminal disconnects and deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end; After the peer is offline, the communication relationship between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted.
  • An offline processing module configured to notify the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline, optionally, notifying all the peer MMEs that the terminal is offline; and when determining that the communication peer is offline, notifying the connection Maintenance module and P-GW.
  • the method for determining that the communication peer is offline may be a notification of receiving the peer MME, or a real-time flow detection mode.
  • the module in the MME may be located from the communication peer HSS or the local query to the location information of the communication peer MME, and the location of the communication peer HSS may be determined according to the correspondence between the AID and the HSS configured on the MME.
  • the switching control module is configured to implement control of switching the terminal across the P-GW, including a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, where:
  • the cut-out control unit is configured to implement control for cutting out the terminal, request handover from the MME, and notify the terminal to switch after receiving the response, and notify the connection maintenance module and the P-GW to cut out the terminal after the terminal is cut out; optionally,
  • the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer saved by the connection maintenance module is sent to the cut-in MME during the handover process; the P-GW is notified to the terminal to cut out, and the AID-RID mapping of the terminal communication peer end sent by the P-GW is performed.
  • the information is forwarded to the cut-in MME;
  • the handover control unit is configured to implement control on the handover of the terminal. After receiving the handover request, the radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the P-GW is notified to allocate the RID to the terminal, and the handover response is returned to the cut-out MME. The notification cuts out the MME.
  • the terminal RID update notification is sent to the opposite MME, and the terminal carries the new AID-RID mapping information, and correspondingly, the terminal RID update notification sent by the opposite MME is forwarded to the P-GW;
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end sent by the MME is forwarded to the P-GW for saving; and the communication relationship information between the terminal sent by the MME and the communication peer end is saved to the connection maintenance module and forwarded to the P- GW save.
  • the function of the Identity Location Register is the same as that of the first embodiment, and can be physically set up with the home subscriber server in the EPS system or can be set separately.
  • the Packet Forwarding Function (PTF) entity is optional and has the same functions as the first embodiment. It can be physically set up or set separately with the ILR.
  • the Interworking Service Node is optional and has the same functions as the first embodiment. It can be physically configured with the P-GW or can be set separately.
  • the main interfaces related to the identity and location separation of the terminal in this embodiment include:
  • the S10 interface is a signaling interface between the MMEs, and is mainly used for transmitting the management signaling when the terminal moves or offline. For example, when the terminal RID changes, the terminal RID update notification is transmitted to the peer end, and optionally, the terminal offline notification is transmitted to the peer end. And communicating the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, and the like between the cut-in and the MME.
  • D13 is the data interface between the P-GW and the ISN. The P-GW exchanges data packets between the local network terminal and the traditional network terminal through the D13 interface.
  • the format is the same as the D13 interface of the first embodiment, as shown in Table 3:
  • S14a is a signaling interface between the MME and the ILR, and is mainly used for registering and deregistering the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal.
  • S14a is the interface between the MME and the home ILR (Home ILR); in the roaming scenario (Fig. 3b), S14a is the interface between the MME and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
  • S14b is a signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and is mainly used for querying AID-RID mapping information.
  • S14a is the interface between the P-GW and the home ILR (Home ILR); in the roaming scenario (Fig. 3b), S14b is the interface between the P-GW and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
  • the Home Public Land Mobile Network (HPLMN) indicates the attribution.
  • D14 is the data interface between the P-GW and the PTF.
  • the format of the data packet on the D14 interface is shown in Table 4:
  • the source RID is the RID allocated to the terminal that sends the data packet, and the RIDi is the routing address of the PTF in the mapping forwarding plane connected to the P-GW, which can be obtained from the configuration data on the P-GW.
  • ILR Broke ILR
  • S15 (not shown) is a signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane for querying. And maintaining AID-RID mapping information, and mapping routing information in the forwarding plane.
  • the packet format of the data interface between the P-GW and the generalized forwarding plane, S-GW and P-GW is the same as that of the first embodiment.
  • the signaling interface S5 between the P-GW and the S-GW, and the signaling interface SI1 between the S-GW and the MME need to increase the signaling transmitted between the P-GW and the MME in the function description of the foregoing module. No longer here - description.
  • terminal power-on access network processing terminal location update and registration processing
  • terminal communication processing terminal switching processing
  • terminal offline processing terminal offline processing
  • Figure 7 is a flow chart of the process of establishing a session for initial user access based on the system of Figure 3a.
  • the terminal AID may be configured on the terminal, or may be subscribed to the user server. The specific steps are described as follows:
  • Step 701 The user establishes a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection with the radio side network element as a signaling message or a bearer of service data before performing communication.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Step 702 The user sends an initial NAS message to perform an attach operation.
  • Step 703 The radio side network element forwards the NAS message to the MME by using an initial user message.
  • Step 704 The MME starts the authentication and the security process, and performs verification on the user.
  • Step 705 The MME requests the HSS to perform location update, and the HSS responds to the MME with a location update response.
  • the location update response message carries the AID information signed by the terminal.
  • Step 706 The MME saves the AID information of the terminal.
  • Step 707 the MME sends a session establishment request to the S-GW; the message sent by the MME is received, and the S-GW sends a session establishment request message to the P-GW, which carries the AID of the terminal;
  • Step 708 The P-GW allocates the RID to the terminal and saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, and returns a session establishment response to the S-GW, and carries the allocated RID information. Then the S-GW sends the information to the MME. Send a session establishment response, carrying the assigned RID information;
  • Step 709 The MME initiates an initial context setup request to the radio side network element.
  • Step 710 Perform an RRC connection configuration process.
  • Step 711 The wireless side network element replies to the MME initial context establishment response.
  • Step 712 The terminal sends a direct transmission message to the radio side network element, including the attach completion information.
  • Step 713 The radio side network element sends an attach complete message to the MME.
  • Step 714 The MME requests an update bearer from the S-GW.
  • Step 715 The S-GW sends a bearer update request to the P-GW, and then the P-GW returns a bearer update response to the S-GW.
  • Step 716 The S-GW responds to the MME bearer update response message.
  • Step 717 After receiving the RID information, the MME notifies the ILR to save the terminal AID-RID mapping information. The ILR replies to the MME confirmation response. This step can be performed after step 709.
  • the above process adds the step 717 of the MME notifying the ILR to update the terminal AID-RID mapping information on the basis of the existing EPS attachment process.
  • the terminal or the HSS needs to send the terminal AID to the MME, and then to the MME.
  • P-GW the P-GW allocates the RID to the terminal and returns to
  • the cut-out MME When the terminal location changes and needs to be switched to the new P-GW, that is, the handover occurs across the P-GW, on the cut-out side, the cut-out MME requests the handover to the MME, and notifies the terminal to switch after receiving the response. After the cut-out, the P-GW is notified; on the cut-in side, after the MME receives the handover request, the MME is notified to the radio access network to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the P-GW is notified to allocate the RID to the terminal, and returns a handover response to the cut-out MME. The MME is notified to be cut out after the handover is completed.
  • the transmission of the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, the transmission of the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, the notification of the RID update of the peer P-GW terminal, etc. will be completed by the interface between the MMEs, as described above. Description, not repeated here.
  • the data sent by the P-GW to the received communication peer to the terminal is cut out.
  • the message is forwarded to the cut-in P-GW.
  • the P-GW sends the data packet in the same manner as in the first embodiment, except that the communication relationship between the new terminal and the communication peer obtained by the P-GW can be sent to the MME for storage.
  • FIG. 8 is a flow chart showing the process of releasing a session when a user is offline, based on the system of FIG. 3a.
  • the session release process is initiated by the terminal, and specific steps are described as follows:
  • Step 801 The terminal sends an offline request message to the MME via the wireless side network element.
  • Step 802 The MME sends a session deletion request to the S-GW to deactivate the bearer information of the terminal.
  • the S-GW responds to the MME with a session deletion response message;
  • Step 803 The S-GW requests the P-GW to delete the session and delete all bearers of the terminal.
  • the P-GW replies with a delete session response message;
  • Step 804 The P-GW releases the locally cached AID-RID information of the terminal, and the communication relationship between the terminal and the peer end. At the same time, for the communication peer AID of the terminal, the P-GW checks whether there is another local terminal and has a communication relationship with the communication peer. If it no longer exists, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released;
  • Step 805 The MME cancels the terminal to the ILR, and the ILR deletes the AID-RID mapping information or invalidates the response, and replies to the response; the step may be performed after step 801.
  • Step 806 The MME initiates a terminal information release process.
  • the MME transmits the terminal offline notification (which may be a request to delete the terminal) to the peer MME and the P-GW, and carries the terminal AID, and the peer responds;
  • Step 807 The peer MME and the P-GW delete the related information of the terminal in the local cache, such as the AID-RID information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and the AID-RID information of the communication peer end of the terminal. Carry out maintenance;
  • Step 808 The MME sends an offline accept message to the terminal.
  • Step 809 The MME sends a connection release signaling to the radio side network element, and releases the wireless side information.
  • the ILR is notified to cancel the terminal, and the operation of transmitting the request for deleting the terminal to the peer is changed by the MME.
  • the offline processing mode of the terminal is basically the same as the signaling process of the existing session or bearer release, but the AID information needs to be used as the user identity of the terminal.
  • the processing of the AID and the RID in the above steps 804 to 807 is added, and the description is not repeated here.
  • This embodiment embodies the function of notifying the communication peer end maintenance terminal information by using the interface between the MMEs, and the function of transmitting the terminal information on the cut-out side and the cut-in side in the terminal switching process. If there is an interface between the P-GWs, two variants of the embodiment can be obtained, which are respectively implemented by the following methods:
  • the P-GW interface is used to notify the communication peer P-GW to maintain terminal information (such as terminal RID update notification, terminal offline notification, etc.), and the P-GW and the P-GW are switched to transmit the communication AID in the terminal handover process.
  • terminal information such as terminal RID update notification, terminal offline notification, etc.
  • the function of the -RID mapping information, the corresponding functions of the offline processing module and the handover control module on the MME will be implemented in the P-GW module, but the MME still needs to transmit the terminal to the hand-in MME through the S10 interface during the terminal handover process.
  • the communication relationship with the communication peer, the other functions of the S 10 interface are implemented by the interface between the P-GWs.
  • the peer P-GW terminal RID update is notified as a function of the handover processing module in the P-GW.
  • the handover processing module directly transmits the terminal to the handover P-GW when the terminal is cut out.
  • AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer The function of notifying the peer P-GW terminal to go offline is performed by the offline processing module of the P-GW.
  • the P-GW interface is used to notify the communication peer P-GW to maintain the terminal information, and the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer and the communication between the terminal and the communication peer are transmitted between the terminal moving out and the P-GW moved in the terminal moving process.
  • the function of the relationship information, the offline processing module and the switching control on the MME The corresponding functions of the module will be implemented in the P-GW.
  • the function of the S10 interface is implemented by the interface between the P-GWs. At this time, the connection maintenance module may not be provided on the MME.
  • the peer P-GW terminal RID update is notified as a function of the handover processing module in the P-GW.
  • the handover processing module directly transmits the terminal to the handover P-GW when the terminal is cut out.
  • the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end can be directly transmitted to the P-GW.
  • the function of notifying the peer P-GW terminal that the offline is performed is performed by the offline processing module of the P-GW.
  • the offline processing module in the P-GW determines that the communication peer is offline, and forwards the offline notification of the terminal to the MME.
  • a mapping management module can be added to the MME to save and maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, and the P-GW updates the local mapping.
  • the information is synchronized with the MME in real time or periodically.
  • the mapping management module can save and update the mapping information according to the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal communication peer end transmitted by the cut-out side and the terminal RID update notification of the peer end, and interact with the P-GW.
  • the mapping information in the synchronization is synchronized.
  • the SILSN architecture implemented in this embodiment based on the EPS system architecture is shown in Figures 4a and 4b.
  • the figure shows the main network elements of the architecture network and the connection interfaces between the network elements. There is no signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and there is a signaling interface between the MME and the ILR.
  • the access network part of the SILSN architecture is mainly implemented by the radio access network in the EPS system.
  • the S-GW in the EPS system and the upgraded P-GW and MME jointly implement the functions to be completed by the ASN.
  • a PTF entity having an interface with the p_GW, a network element such as an ISN, and an ILR having a signaling interface with the MME are added.
  • These network elements are logical network elements, which can be combined with existing network elements on a physical entity.
  • the generalized forwarding plane is implemented by a packet switched network that supports RID routing.
  • the P-GW needs to query the ILR of the RID of the terminal through the MME, and the MME adds the function of querying the ILR of the communication peer.
  • the P-GW is configured to provide an access service for the terminal, allocate the RID to the P-GW, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, and implement routing and forwarding of the data packet.
  • the P-GW includes a RID distribution module, a connection maintenance module, a mapping management module, an offline processing module, and a message forwarding module, and the like, and functions modules related to implementing identity identification and location separation of the terminal, and other functional modules originally in the EPS system. .
  • the functions of the location identifier assignment module, the connection maintenance module, the offline processing module, and the mapping management module are the same as the corresponding modules in the second embodiment.
  • the packet forwarding module has the same function as the packet forwarding module in the second embodiment.
  • the MME is configured to cooperate with the home subscriber server to complete the authentication of the terminal, and to the ILR to register, cancel, and query the RID of the terminal, and cooperate with other MMEs to implement handover of the terminal across the P-GW.
  • the MME includes a registration cancellation module, a connection maintenance module, an offline processing module, and a handover control module, and the like, and functions modules related to the identity separation and location separation of the terminal, and other functional modules originally in the EPS system.
  • the registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, the offline processing module, and the mobile control module have the same functions as the corresponding modules in the second embodiment, and a mapping query module is newly added: for receiving the query request according to the communication peer AID direction
  • the RID corresponding to the ILR query of the communication peer end is returned to the P-GW by the AID-RID mapping information of the queried communication peer.
  • the identity location register (ILR), the packet forwarding function (PTF) entity, and the interconnection service node (ISN) may be the same in structure and function as the second embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the main interfaces involved in implementing identity and location separation of the terminal in the architecture include:
  • the S10 interface is the signaling interface between the MMEs and has the same function as the implementation of the S10 interface.
  • D13 is a data interface between the P-GW and the ISN, and the format is the same as the D13 interface of the second embodiment.
  • S14 is a signaling interface between the MME and the ILR, and is mainly used for registering, deregistering, and querying AID-RID mapping information of the terminal.
  • S14 is an interface between the MME and the home ILR (Home ILR); in the roaming scenario (Fig. 4b), S14 is an interface between the MME and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
  • D14 is a data interface between the P-GW and the PTF entity, and the format is the same as the D14 interface of the second embodiment. Same.
  • the packet format of the data interface between the P-GW and the generalized forwarding plane, and the format of the data interface between the S-GW and the P-GW is the same as that of the second embodiment, and the signaling interface between the ILRs in the forwarding plane is mapped.
  • the function of S15 (not shown) is the same as that of the second embodiment.
  • the signaling interface between the P-GW and the S-GW, S5, and the signaling interface SI1 between the S-GW and the MME in addition to the second embodiment, also adds related signaling for querying the RID of the communication peer.
  • the processing of the terminal access network, the processing of the terminal handover, and the processing of the terminal offline are the same as those of the second embodiment, and will not affect the description of the present invention, and therefore will not be described here.
  • the difference between this embodiment and the second embodiment lies in the manner in which the P-GW acquires the RID of the communication peer.
  • the manner in which the P-GW obtains the AID-RID mapping information is: the P-GW requests the MME to query the RID of the communication peer, and the MME queries the ILR of the communication peer, and the ILR pairs the communication.
  • the terminal AID-RID mapping information is transmitted to the P-GW via the MME.
  • This embodiment embodies the function of notifying the communication peer end maintenance terminal information by using the interface between the MMEs, and the function of transmitting the terminal information on the cut-out side and the cut-in side in the terminal switching process. If there is an interface between the P-GWs, two variants of the embodiment can also be obtained. The changes of the two variants with respect to the second embodiment are the same as the changes of the second embodiment with respect to the second embodiment. , will not repeat them here.
  • the network architecture based on the control plane and the media plane is not limited to the EPS system architecture.
  • the network architectures with similar control plane and media plane separation it can also be applied.
  • the similar control plane and media plane separate network architecture includes an access gateway connected between the radio access network and the packet data network, and a mobility management node connected to the access gateway and the radio access network, the network element Interconnection means that there are signaling and/or data interfaces between network elements.
  • the mobility management section is a network element or a plurality of network elements or a part of a network element.
  • the functions of the mobility management node and the access gateway are as follows:
  • the mobility management node is responsible for the control plane, such as mobility management of the terminal, processing of non-access stratum signaling, and management of the user mobility management context;
  • the access gateway is a gateway device that connects the radio access network and the packet data network, and is responsible for providing access services for the terminal and forwarding data between the radio access network and the packet data network.
  • the function of the access node is implemented by a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway in an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture
  • the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture
  • the wireless connection Network access is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
  • E-UTRAN E-UTRAN
  • AGW Access Gateway
  • UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
  • SGSN Serving GPRS Support Node
  • SRNC Session Reference Network Controller
  • the radio access network can also be a universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) or super Mobile broadband wireless access systems and more.
  • all the above embodiments illustrate the process of system identity identification and location separation only by taking the case of the terminal non-roaming of FIG. 2a, 3a, 4a as an example.
  • the system performs the identity identification and location separation processing in the same manner as the above embodiment, except that the P-GW or the ⁇ needs to pass the visited ILR (Visited ILR) or The visited ILR (Accessed ILR) and the relay ILR (Broke ILR) access the home ILR, and the home ILR returns signaling to the terminal according to the path in which the terminal sends signaling. Therefore, the description will not be repeated here.
  • the RID may be an IP address of the P-GW.
  • the AID can be configured on the terminal or configured on the home subscriber server after the subscription.
  • the user identity of the terminal such as the IPV6/IPV4 address or IMSI or temporary identifier or NAI, can also be distinguished from the existing terminal user identity. logo. If the format is different, the network element in the original system can use the user identity corresponding to the AID assigned to the terminal as the AID of the terminal, and the format conversion is performed by the P-GW or the MME.
  • the P-GW may be combined with the S-GW as an access network element.
  • the interface between the S-GW and the P-GW does not need to exist in the foregoing embodiment, and all the interfaces are associated with the S-GW.
  • the network element between the P-GW and the P-GW will interface with the access NE.
  • the network element functions and interfaces of the system (except the S5 port) and the process are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be described in detail here.
  • the invention may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device, or they may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or they may be Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module.
  • the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • the present invention realizes resource release of a terminal separated from an identity and a location in a communication network based on identity and location separation implemented by a network architecture in which a control plane and a media plane are separated.

Abstract

Provided are a communication network implemented based on a control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture, a method for accessing a corresponding communication network by a terminal and a disposal method for off-line terminals. The communication network includes a wireless access network, an access node, a mobility managing node, an identity location register (ILR) and a packet data network. The access node provides access service for the terminal, allocates a routing identifier (RID) pointing to the present access node, maintains mapping information between the terminal and opposite communication end and performs registration, deregistration and query for the terminal RID at the home location ILR of the terminal, thereby implementing routing and forwarding the data packet; the ILR receives a request for registering and deregistering the home user terminal of the present ILR, maintains access identifier (AID)-RID mapping information of the home user terminal, and returns the RID corresponding to the terminal AID included in a query request to the query requestor after receiving the request for the terminal RID. The invention can avoid route bypass without changing the application scene of the terminal.

Description

一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的通信网络  A communication network realized by network architecture based on separation of control plane and media plane
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域的网络架构 , 尤其涉及一种基于控制面与媒体 面分离的网络架构实现的通信网络。  The present invention relates to a network architecture in the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication network implemented based on a network architecture in which a control plane and a media plane are separated.
背景技术 Background technique
第三代合作伙伴计划 ( 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 简称为 3GPP ) 演进的分组系统( Evolved Packet System , 简称为 EPS ) 由演进的通用移动 通信系统陆地无线接入网 ( Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network , 简称为 E-UTRAN ) 、 移动管理实体 ( Mobility Management Entity , 简称为 MME ) 、 服务网关 ( Serving Gateway, S-GW ) 、 分组数据网络网关 The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Evolved Packet System (EPS) is an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network). E-UTRAN), Mobility Management Entity (MME), Serving Gateway (S-GW), Packet Data Network Gateway
( Packet Data Network Gateway, 简称为 P-GW或者 PDN GW)、 归属用户服 务器 (Home Subscriber Server , 简称为 HSS ) 、 3GPP 的认证授权计费(Packet Data Network Gateway, referred to as P-GW or PDN GW for short), Home Subscriber Server (HSS for short), 3GPP authentication and authorization charging
( Authentication、 Authorization and Accounting , 简称为 AAA )月良务器, 策略 和计费规则功能( Policy and Charging Rules Function, 简称为 PCRF ) 实体及 其他支撑节点组成。 图 la是才艮据现有 EPS的系统架构的示意图。 (Authentication, Authorization and Accounting, AAA for short), and the Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) entity and other supporting nodes. Figure la is a schematic diagram of the system architecture based on the existing EPS.
在 3GPP中, 通过接入点名称( Access Point Name, 简称为 APN ) 可以 找到对应的 PDN网络。 通常将 UE到 PDN网络的一个连接称为一个 IP连接 接入网 ( IP Connectivity Access Network, 简称为 IP-CAN )会话。  In 3GPP, the corresponding PDN network can be found by the Access Point Name (APN). A connection from a UE to a PDN network is usually referred to as an IP Connectivity Access Network (IP-CAN) session.
在传统的传输控制协议 /因特网互联协议 ( Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, TCP/IP ) 网络环境中, IP为因特网(Internet)提供了 路由功能, 它给所有节点(包括主机和路由器)都分配了逻辑地址, 即 IP地 址, 且每台主机的各个端口都分配一个 IP地址。 IP地址包括网络前缀和主机 部分, 同一条链路上的所有主机的 IP地址通常有相同的网络前缀和不同的主 机部分。 这使得 IP可以依据目的节点的 IP地址的网络前缀部分来进行路由 选择, 从而使路由器只需保存一条简单的网络前缀路由, 而不必为每台主机 保存一条单独的路由。 在这种情况下, 由于釆用了网络前缀路由, 因此当节 点从一条链路切换到另一条链路而没有改变其 IP地址时, 该节点则不可能在 新链路上接收到数据报文, 从而也就无法与其他节点进行通信。 In the traditional Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) network environment, IP provides routing for the Internet, which assigns all nodes, including hosts and routers. The logical address, which is the IP address, and each port of each host is assigned an IP address. The IP address includes the network prefix and the host part. The IP addresses of all hosts on the same link usually have the same network prefix and different host parts. This allows the IP to be routed based on the network prefix portion of the destination node's IP address, allowing the router to simply save a simple network prefix route without having to maintain a separate route for each host. In this case, since the network prefix route is used, when a node switches from one link to another without changing its IP address, the node cannot A data packet is received on the new link, so that it cannot communicate with other nodes.
现有应用 TCP/IP的网络技术存在如下不足:  The existing network technology of TCP/IP has the following shortcomings:
釆用固定锚点的方式支持终端的移动性, 如, LTE网络中釆用通用分组 无线业务隧道协议 ( General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol, GTP )协议, 规定网关 PGW作为终端的移动锚点; WiMAX网络中釆用 Mobile IP协议, 把家乡代理(Home Agent, HA )作为锚点。 固定锚点的引入带来了数据包路 径迂回的问题, 加重了传输延时和带宽浪费。 而 MIPV6的路由优化过程需要 参与通信的主机支持 MIPV6协议, 部署困难。  The fixed anchor point is used to support the mobility of the terminal. For example, the General Packet Radio Service Tunnel Protocol (GTP) protocol is used in the LTE network, and the gateway PGW is defined as the mobile anchor of the terminal; WiMAX network Lieutenant uses the Mobile IP protocol to use the Home Agent (HA) as an anchor. The introduction of fixed anchor points brings about the problem of packet path detour, which increases the transmission delay and bandwidth waste. The route optimization process of MIPV6 requires the host participating in the communication to support the MIPV6 protocol, which is difficult to deploy.
IP地址具有双重功能: 既作为网络层的通信终端主机网络接口在网络拓 朴中的位置标识, 又作为传输层主机网络接口的身份标识。 当主机的 IP地址 发生变化时, 不仅路由要发生变化, 通信终端主机的身份标识也会发生变化, 这样会导致路由负载越来越重, 而且主机标识的变化会导致应用和连接的中 断。  The IP address has a dual function: the location identifier of the communication terminal host network interface in the network topology as the network layer, and the identity of the transport layer host network interface. When the IP address of the host changes, not only the route changes, but also the identity of the communication terminal host changes. This causes the routing load to become heavier and heavy, and the change of the host ID causes the application and connection to be interrupted.
应用 TCP/IP的控制面与媒体面分离的现有移动通信网络, 包括上述 EPS 系统同样具有上述缺陷。 现有技术中不存在基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络 架构实现身份标识与位置分离的通信网络的方案。  The existing mobile communication network in which the control plane of TCP/IP is separated from the media plane, including the above EPS system, also has the above drawbacks. In the prior art, there is no scheme for implementing a communication network in which identity and location are separated based on a network architecture in which the control plane is separated from the media plane.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
针对以上现有技术的缺陷, 本发明要解决的技术问题是提供一种基于控 制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的通信网络, 可以实现用户终端的身份标 识和位置分离。  In view of the above drawbacks of the prior art, the technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network realized based on a network architecture in which the control plane and the media plane are separated, and the identity identification and location separation of the user terminal can be realized.
本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的通信网络, 可以支持移动终端的应用场景, 有效解决了该场景 下的迂回路由问题。 本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的通信网络, 在该架构的部署中考虑兼容终端、 兼容上层业务的 需求, 仅需升级网络侧设备, 兼容不更改终端的应用场景。  Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane and the media plane are separated, which can support the application scenario of the mobile terminal, and effectively solve the problem of the loop in the scenario. Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane and the media plane are separated. In the deployment of the architecture, the requirements of the compatible terminal and the compatible upper layer service are considered, and only the network side device needs to be upgraded. , compatible without changing the application scenario of the terminal.
本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的通信网络, 可以在终端接入该通信网络时实现身份标识和位置 分离。 Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a network based on the separation of the control plane from the media plane. The communication network implemented by the network architecture can realize identity identification and location separation when the terminal accesses the communication network.
本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的通信网络, 可以实现终端在通信网络中通信时的身份标识和位 置分离。  Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which a control plane is separated from a media plane, which can realize identity separation and location separation when a terminal communicates in a communication network.
本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的通信网络, 可以实现终端在通信网络中离线时的身份标识和位 置分离。  Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane is separated from the media plane, which can realize identity separation and location separation when the terminal is offline in the communication network.
本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的通信网络, 可以实现终端在通信网络中切换时的身份标识和位 置分离。  Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication network based on a network architecture in which the control plane is separated from the media plane, which can realize identity separation and location separation when the terminal switches in the communication network.
为了解决上述问题, 本发明提供了第一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网 络架构实现的身份标识 (AID)与位置分离的通信网络, 包括无线接入网, 接入 节点, 及与接入节点和无线接入网连接的移动性管理节点, 所述通信网络还 包括:  In order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a first communication network (ID) and location separation based on a network architecture separated by a control plane and a media plane, including a radio access network, an access node, and access. a mobility management node connected to the node and the radio access network, the communication network further includes:
与接入节点连接的身份位置寄存器 (ILR),及支持按位置标识 (RID)路由和 转发数据报文的分组数据网络, 所述接入节点连接在无线接入网和分组数据 网络之间, 其中:  An identity location register (ILR) coupled to the access node, and a packet data network supporting routing and forwarding of data messages by location identification (RID), the access node being coupled between the radio access network and the packet data network, among them:
所述接入节点设置为: 为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配 RID, 维护终 端和通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 到终端归属地 ILR注册、 注销和查询终 端的 RID, 实现数据报文的路由和转发; 以及与所述接入节点之外的其他接 入节点配合实现终端跨接入节点的切换;  The access node is configured to: provide an access service for the terminal, allocate an RID to the terminal, maintain AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, register, log out, and query the RID of the terminal to the home belonging to the ILR, and implement the data packet. Routing and forwarding; and cooperate with other access nodes other than the access node to implement handover of the terminal across the access node;
所述 ILR设置为: 接收对本 ILR归属用户终端的注册和注销请求, 对归 属用户终端的 AID-RID映射信息进行维护,以及收到对终端 RID的查询请求 后, 将查询请求中包含的该终端 AID所对应的 RID返回给查询请求方。  The ILR is configured to: receive a registration and deregistration request for the ILR home subscriber terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the home subscriber terminal, and receive the query request for the terminal RID, and then query the terminal included in the request The RID corresponding to the AID is returned to the query requester.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点:  The above communication network can also have the following characteristics:
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 实现, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系 统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信 系统陆地无线接入网(E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN); 或者 The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in the EPS network architecture. Implementation, the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in a 3G system, where the radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial wireless access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN); or
所述接入节点的功能由超移动宽带系统的接入网关实现, 所述移动性管 理节点为超移动宽带系统的会话引用网络控制器, 所述无线接入网为超移动 宽带无线接入系统。  The function of the access node is implemented by an access gateway of an ultra mobile broadband system, the mobility management node is a session reference network controller of an ultra mobile broadband system, and the radio access network is an ultra mobile broadband wireless access system. .
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点:  The above communication network can also have the following characteristics:
所述通信网络还包括与所述接入节点连接的互联服务节点 (ISN) , 该互联 服务节点是该通信网络与传统 IP网络的分界节点, 所述 ISN设置为: 查询、 维护该通信网络终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 封装、 路由和转发该通信网络与 传统 IP网络之间往来的数据 ^艮文, 实现网络之间的互联互通功能。  The communication network further includes an interconnection service node (ISN) connected to the access node, where the interconnection service node is a demarcation node of the communication network and the traditional IP network, and the ISN is set to: query and maintain the communication network terminal The AID-RID mapping information encapsulates, routes, and forwards the data between the communication network and the traditional IP network, and implements interconnection and interworking functions between the networks.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点, 所述接入节点包括:  The above communication network may also have the following features, and the access node includes:
RID分配模块, 设置为: 在终端请求接入或终端切入的过程中为终端分 配 RID, 将该终端 AID和分配的 RID发送到注册注销模块和连接维护模块; 注册注销模块, 设置为: 在收到终端 AID和为该终端分配的 RID后, 请 求该终端归属地 ILR对该终端的 RID进行注册, 携带终端的 AID和 RID;  The RID allocation module is configured to: allocate a RID to the terminal in the process of requesting access or terminal handover, and send the terminal AID and the allocated RID to the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module; and register the logout module, set to: After the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, carrying the AID and RID of the terminal;
连接维护模块, 设置为: 保存终端的连接信息, 包括终端的 AID-RID映 射信息及终端与通信对端的通信关系信息,或包括终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 终端与通信对端的通信关系信息及通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 在终端移 出后删除该终端的连接信息;  The connection maintenance module is configured to: save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, or include the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, and AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; deleting the connection information of the terminal after the terminal moves out;
映射管理模块, 设置为: 保存通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 以及 报文转发模块, 设置为: 收到上行数据报文后从映射管理模块或 ILR查 询到通信对端 RID , 和终端 RID—起封装在数据报文中, 路由并转发到对端 接入节点, 以及将下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下行数据报文中的 RID后 发送给终端。  The mapping management module is configured to: save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; and the message forwarding module, set to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID— The packet is encapsulated in a data packet, and is forwarded to the peer access node, and the downlink data packet is decapsulated. The RID in the downlink data packet is stripped and sent to the terminal.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点: 所述 文转发模块包括第一转发单元 和第二转发单元, 其中: 所述第一转发单元设置为: 在收到包含终端和通信对端 AID的上行数据 文后, 如在映射管理模块查询到通信对端的 RID, 将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源地址、 目的地址封装在数据报文中, 经广义转发平面路由并转发 到对端接入节点; 如未查询到通信对端的 RID, 则到该终端归属地 ILR查询 通信对端的 RID, 将查询到的通信对端的 AID-RID需发送到映射管理模块保 存; The foregoing communication network may also have the following features: The text forwarding module includes a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, where: The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data file including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and uses the RID of the terminal and the communication peer as the source address and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is routed through the generalized forwarding plane and forwarded to the peer access node. If the RID of the communication peer is not queried, the IRR of the terminal is queried to the RID of the communication peer, and the queried communication pair is queried. The AID-RID of the end needs to be sent to the mapping management module for storage;
所述第二转发单元设置为: 对收到的下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下 行数据 ^艮文中的 RID后, 通过与终端 AID对应的连接发往该终端; 如 ^艮文中 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息在映射管理模块中不存在, 还要将所述映射信 息保存到映射管理模块。  The second forwarding unit is configured to: decapsulate the received downlink data packet, strip the RID in the downlink data, and send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID; The AID-RID mapping information of the terminal does not exist in the mapping management module, and the mapping information is also saved to the mapping management module.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点:  The above communication network can also have the following characteristics:
所述终端与通信对端的通信关系信息是指终端 AID与通信对端 AID之间 的对应关系信息; 所述第一转发单元还设置为: 判断数据报文中终端 AID与 通信对端 AID的对应关系是否保存在连接维护模块中, 如没有, 将所述对应 关系保存了连接维护模块中该终端与通信对端的通信关系信息;  The communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer refers to the correspondence relationship between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID; the first forwarding unit is further configured to: determine the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet Whether the relationship is saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, the correspondence relationship is saved in the communication maintenance relationship between the terminal and the communication peer end in the connection maintenance module;
所述第二转发单元还设置为: 判断数据报文中终端 AID与通信对端 AID 的对应关系是否已保存在连接维护模块中, 如没有, 将所述对应关系保存在 连接维护模块中。  The second forwarding unit is further configured to: determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet has been saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, save the correspondence in the connection maintenance module.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点:  The above communication network can also have the following characteristics:
所述通信网络还包括与所述接入节点连接的分组转发功能 (PTF)实体, 所 述 PTF实体设置为: 在收到接入节点或其他分组转发功能实体转发的本 PTF 实体归属用户终端发送的数据报文后, 根据通信对端 AID查询到对应的 RID 并封装在报文头后, 将该所封装的数据报文发送到所述通信对端接入的接入 节点;  The communication network further includes a packet forwarding function (PTF) entity connected to the access node, where the PTF entity is configured to: send the home terminal of the PTF entity forwarded by the receiving access node or other packet forwarding function entity After the data packet is sent, the corresponding RID is queried according to the communication peer AID and encapsulated in the packet header, and the encapsulated data packet is sent to the access node accessed by the communication peer;
所述接入节点与 PTF实体间具有数据接口,所述第一转发单元是设置为: 在收到终端发送的上行数据报文后, 如映射管理模块未緩存有通信对端的 RID, 则在该上行数据报文中封装该终端的 RID和该 PTF实体的 RID后传送 到该通信对端归属地 PTF实体, 由该 PTF实体将本 PTF实体的 RID替换为 通信对端的 RID后转发到对端接入节点。 The access node and the PTF entity have a data interface, and the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, The RID of the terminal and the RID of the PTF entity are encapsulated in the uplink data packet, and then transmitted to the PTF entity of the communication peer, and the PTF entity replaces the RID of the PTF entity with The RID of the communication peer is forwarded to the peer access node.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点:  The above communication network can also have the following characteristics:
所述第一转发单元是设置为: 在收到终端发送的上行数据报文后, 如映 射管理模块未緩存有通信对端的 RID, 则第一转发单元在查询到通信对端的 RID后, 再将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源地址、 目的地址封装在该上行 数据报文中, 路由并转发到通信对端接入的接入节点。  The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, the first forwarding unit queries the RID of the communication peer, and then The RID of the terminal and the communication peer is encapsulated in the uplink data packet as a source address and a destination address, and is routed and forwarded to the access node accessed by the communication peer.
所述接入节点还包括切换控制模块, 其中:  The access node further includes a handover control module, where:
所述切换控制模块设置为: 对终端跨接入节点切换的控制, 在终端切出 后通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块, 将切换过程中收到的发送给该终端的 数据报文转发给切入接入节点, 终端切入时通知 RID分配模块;  The switching control module is configured to: control the switching of the terminal across the access node, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module after the terminal is cut out, and forward the data packet sent to the terminal in the handover process to the hand-in The access node notifies the RID allocation module when the terminal cuts in;
所述连接维护模块, 还设置为: 在终端切出后删除该终端的连接信息; 所述映射管理模块, 还设置为: 在获知终端切出时, 删除该终端以及该 终端通信对端中与接入本接入节点的其他终端没有通信关系的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息。  The connection maintenance module is further configured to: delete the connection information of the terminal after the terminal is cut out; the mapping management module is further configured to: when the terminal is cut out, delete the terminal and the communication peer end of the terminal The other terminal accessing the access node does not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship.
所述切换控制模块包括切出控制单元和切入控制单元, 其中:  The switching control module includes a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, where:
切出控制单元设置为: 实现对终端切出的控制, 在该终端切出后通知连 接维护模块和映射管理模块终端切出; 切换过程中, 将收到的发送给该终端 的数据报文转发给切入接入节点;  The cut-out control unit is configured to: implement control for cutting out the terminal, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module terminal to cut out after the terminal is cut out; and forward the received data packet sent to the terminal during the handover process. Giving access to the access node;
切入控制单元设置为: 实现对终端切入的控制, 通知 RID分配模块该 终端切入。  The cut-in control unit is set to: implement control of the terminal cut-in, and notify the RID distribution module that the terminal cuts in.
所述切入控制模块还设置为: 为切入终端分配 RID后, 根据切入终端的 AID到连接维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模 块或映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 从而向所有对端接入 节点发送终端 RID更新通知, 携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息; 或者 所述切入控制模块还设置为: 将为切入终端分配的 RID发送到切出接入 节点的切出控制模块;  The hand-in control module is further configured to: after the RID is assigned to the cut-in terminal, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the cut-in terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then find the connection to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR. The RID of the opposite end of the communication, so that the terminal RID update notification is sent to all the peer access nodes, and the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is carried; or the hand-in control module is further configured to: send the RID allocated for the cut-in terminal to the cut a cut-out control module of the access node;
所述切出控制模块还设置为: 根据收到切入接入节点为终端分配的 AID 到连接维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或 映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 向所有对端接入节点发送 终端 RID更新通知, 携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息; The cut-out control module is further configured to: find an AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID received by the cut-in access node to the connection maintenance module, and then connect to the maintenance module or The mapping management module or the ILR finds the RID of the communication peer, sends a terminal RID update notification to all the peer access nodes, and carries the terminal new AID-RID mapping information;
所述映射管理模块是设置为: 对接入本接入节点所有终端的通信对端一 起管理, 还设置为: 收到对端接入节点发来的终端 RID更新通知后更新本地 保存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息。  The mapping management module is configured to: manage the communication peers that access all the terminals of the access node together, and further set: update the locally saved terminal after receiving the terminal RID update notification sent by the peer access node. AID-RID mapping information.
所述切出控制模块还设置为: 将切出终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 和 /或该终端的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息发送到切入接入节点保存。  The cut-out control module is further configured to: send communication relationship information between the cut-out terminal and the communication peer, and/or AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the terminal to the hand-in access node for saving.
所述接入节点还包括离线处理模块, 其中:  The access node further includes an offline processing module, where:
所述离线处理模块设置为: 在确定接入本接入节点的终端离线后, 通知 注册注销模块、 连接维护模块和映射管理模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端 离线时, 通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块该通信对端离线;  The offline processing module is configured to: after determining that the terminal accessing the access node is offline, notify the registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline; when determining that the communication peer is offline, notify the connection maintenance module and The mapping management module is offline of the communication peer;
所述注册注销模块还设置为:在获知终端离线后,请求该终端归属地 ILR 注销该终端的 RID;  The registration and logout module is further configured to: after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to return the RID of the terminal;
所述连接维护模块还设置为: 终端离线后删除该终端的连接信息, 在获 知通信对端离线后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通信关系信息;  The connection maintenance module is further configured to: delete the connection information of the terminal after the terminal is offline, and delete the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal after learning that the communication peer is offline;
所述映射管理模块还设置为: 在获知通信对端离线时, 删除该通信对端 的 AID-RID信息; 在获知终端离线且该终端存在通信对端时, 删除该终端通 信对端中与接入本接入节点的其他终端没有通信关系的通信对端的 AID-RID 映射信息。  The mapping management module is further configured to: delete the AID-RID information of the communication peer when the communication peer is offline; when the terminal is offline and the terminal has a communication peer, delete the terminal communication terminal and access The other terminals of the access node do not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship.
所述离线处理模块还设置为: 在终端离线后, 根据该终端的 AID到连接 维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管 理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 通知所有对端接入节点有终端离 线; 以及收到对端接入节点发来的终端离线通知后, 确定作为通信对端的该 终端离线。  The offline processing module is further configured to: after the terminal is offline, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then find the communication pair by using the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR. The RID of the terminal notifies all the peer access nodes that the terminal is offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal sent by the peer access node, determines that the terminal that is the communication peer is offline.
所述 ILR是设置为: 在收到对归属用户终端的注册请求后保存或更新该 终端的 AID-RID 映射信息, 收到对归属用户终端的注销请求后将该终端的 AID-RID映射信息删除或置为无效, 如果收到对非归属用户终端的注册、 注 销请求, 则经 ILR之间的接口转发给该终端归属地 ILR处理。 所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 实现, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系 统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN),所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关 的模块设置在分组数据网络网关 (P-GW)中。 The ILR is configured to: save or update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, and delete the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. Or invalidated, if the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, the interface between the ILRs is forwarded to the home location ILR for processing. The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the mobility management The node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system, and the modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in the packet data network gateway (P-GW) )in.
所述接入节点之间具有信令接口, 接入节点与广义转发平面具有数据接 口, 接入节点与 ILR间具有信令接口, 映射转发平面内各 ILR之间具有信令 接口, 接入节点与 ISN之间具有信令接口和数据接口。  The access nodes have a signaling interface, and the access node has a data interface with the generalized forwarding plane, and the signaling node between the access node and the ILR has a signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane, and the access node There is a signaling interface and a data interface with the ISN.
为了解决上述技术问题, 本发明又提供了第二种基于控制面与媒体面分 离的网络架构实现的身份标识 (AID)与位置分离的通信网络, 包括无线接入 网, 接入节点, 及与接入节点和无线接入网连接的移动性管理节点, 所述通 信网络还包括: In order to solve the above technical problem, the present invention further provides a second communication network (ID) and location separation based on a network architecture separated by a control plane and a media plane, including a radio access network, an access node, and And a mobility management node that is connected to the access node and the radio access network, where the communication network further includes:
与接入节点连接的身份位置寄存器 (ILR),及支持按位置标识 (RID)路由和 转发数据报文的分组数据网络, 所述接入节点连接在无线接入网和分组数据 网络之间, 其中:  An identity location register (ILR) coupled to the access node, and a packet data network supporting routing and forwarding of data messages by location identification (RID), the access node being coupled between the radio access network and the packet data network, among them:
所述接入节点设置为: 为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配 RID, 维护终 端和通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发; 所述移动性管理节点设置为: 到 ILR注册和注销终端的 RID, 及与自身 之外的其他移动性管理节点配合实现终端跨接入节点的切换;  The access node is configured to: provide an access service for the terminal, allocate an RID to the terminal, maintain AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, and implement routing and forwarding of the data packet; the mobility management node is configured to : Registering and deregistering the RID of the terminal with the ILR, and cooperating with other mobility management nodes other than itself to implement handover of the terminal across the access node;
所述 ILR设置为: 接收对本 ILR归属用户终端的注册和注销请求, 对归 属用户终端的 AID-RID映射信息进行维护,以及收到对终端 RID的查询请求 后, 将查询请求中包含的该终端 AID所对应的 RID返回给查询请求方。  The ILR is configured to: receive a registration and deregistration request for the ILR home subscriber terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the home subscriber terminal, and receive the query request for the terminal RID, and then query the terminal included in the request The RID corresponding to the AID is returned to the query requester.
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 实现, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系 统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信 系统陆地无线接入网(E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN); 或者 The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the mobility management The node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system, the radio access network being an evolved universal mobile communication system Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN); or
所述接入节点的功能由超移动宽带系统的接入网关实现, 所述移动性管 理节点为超移动宽带系统的会话引用网络控制器, 所述无线接入网为超移动 宽带无线接入系统。  The function of the access node is implemented by an access gateway of an ultra mobile broadband system, the mobility management node is a session reference network controller of an ultra mobile broadband system, and the radio access network is an ultra mobile broadband wireless access system. .
所述通信网络还包括互联服务节点 (ISN) , 所述互联服务节点具有与所述 接入节点的接口, 是该通信网络与传统 IP网络的分界节点,  The communication network further includes an interconnection service node (ISN), the interconnection service node having an interface with the access node, and a boundary node between the communication network and a traditional IP network,
所述 ISN设置为: 查询、 维护该通信网络终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 封 装、 路由和转发该通信网络与传统 IP网络之间往来的数据报文, 实现网络之 间的互联互通功能。  The ISN is configured to: query and maintain AID-RID mapping information of the communication network terminal, encapsulate, route, and forward data packets between the communication network and the traditional IP network, and implement interconnection and interworking functions between the networks.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点, 所述接入节点包括:  The above communication network may also have the following features, and the access node includes:
RID分配模块, 设置为: 在终端请求接入或终端切入过程中为终端分配 RID, 将该终端 AID和分配的 RID发送到连接维护模块和移动性管理节点; 连接维护模块, 设置为: 保存终端的连接信息, 包括终端的 AID-RID映 射信息及终端与通信对端的通信关系信息,或包括终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 终端与通信对端的通信关系信息及通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息;终端离线、 移出后删除该终端的连接信息; 获知通信对端离线后, 删除该通信对端与终 端的通信关系信息;  The RID allocation module is configured to: allocate a RID to the terminal during the terminal requesting access or terminal handover, and send the terminal AID and the allocated RID to the connection maintenance module and the mobility management node; and connect the maintenance module, and set as: save the terminal The connection information includes the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, or includes the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, and the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end; After the terminal is offline and removed, the connection information of the terminal is deleted; after the communication peer is offline, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted;
映射管理模块, 设置为: 保存通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 在获知终 端切出或在存在通信对端时离线后, 删除与接入 P-GW的其他终端已没有通 信关系的该终端的通信对端; 在获知通信对端离线时, 删除该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  The mapping management module is configured to: save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and delete the terminal that has no communication relationship with other terminals accessing the P-GW after learning that the terminal is cut out or offline when the communication peer exists. The communication peer end; when it is known that the communication peer is offline, deleting the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
切换处理模块, 设置为: 在获知终端切入时, 通知 RID分配模块为终端 分配 RID; 获知终端切出时, 通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块;  The switching processing module is configured to: notify the RID distribution module to allocate an RID to the terminal when the terminal is cut in; and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module when the terminal is cut out;
离线处理模块, 设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线后, 通知连接维护模块 和映射管理模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端离线时, 通知连接维护模块和 映射管理模块该通信对端离线;  The offline processing module is configured to: notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the communication peer is offline when determining that the communication peer is offline;
报文转发模块, 设置为: 收到上行数据报文后从映射管理模块或 ILR查 询到通信对端 RID , 和终端 RID—起封装在数据报文中, 路由并转发到对端 接入节点, 以及将下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下行数据报文中的 RID后 发送给终端。 The packet forwarding module is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID is encapsulated in the data packet, and the route is forwarded to the peer end. And accessing the node, and decapsulating the downlink data packet, and stripping the RID in the downlink data packet to send to the terminal.
所述 文转发模块包括第一转发单元和第二转发单元, 其中:  The text forwarding module includes a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, where:
所述第一转发单元设置为: 在收到包含终端和通信对端 AID的上行数据 文后, 如在映射管理模块查询到通信对端的 RID, 将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源地址、 目的地址封装在数据报文中, 经广义转发平面路由并转发 到对端 P-GW; 否则到该终端归属地 ILR查询通信对端的 RID, 查询到的通 信对端的 AID-RID发送到映射管理模块保存;  The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data file including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and uses the RID of the terminal and the communication peer as the source address and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is forwarded to the peer P-GW through the generalized forwarding plane. Otherwise, the ILR of the terminal is queried to the RID of the communication peer, and the AID-RID of the queried communication peer is sent to the mapping management module. ;
所述第二转发单元设置为: 对收到的下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下 行数据 ^艮文中的 RID后, 通过与终端 AID对应的连接发往该终端; 如 ^艮文中 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息在映射管理模块中不存在, 还要将所述映射信 息保存到映射管理模块;  The second forwarding unit is configured to: decapsulate the received downlink data packet, strip the RID in the downlink data, and send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID; The AID-RID mapping information of the terminal does not exist in the mapping management module, and the mapping information is also saved to the mapping management module;
所述第一转发单元和第二转发单元还分别设置为: 判断数据报文中终端 AID与通信对端 AID的对应关系是否保存在连接维护模块中, 如没有, 将所 述对应关系信息保存为连接维护模块中。  The first forwarding unit and the second forwarding unit are respectively configured to: determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet is saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, save the correspondence information as Connect to the maintenance module.
所述通信网络还包括与所述接入节点连接的分组转发功能 (PTF)实体, 所 述 PTF实体设置为: 在收到接入节点或自身之外的其他分组转发功能实体转 发的本 PTF实体归属用户终端发送的数据报文后,根据通信对端 AID查询到 对应的 RID并封装在报文头后, 将该数据报文发送到所述通信对端接入的接 入节点;  The communication network further includes a packet forwarding function (PTF) entity connected to the access node, where the PTF entity is configured to: the PTF entity forwarded by a packet forwarding function entity other than the receiving node or itself After the data packet sent by the user terminal is queried, the corresponding RID is queried according to the communication peer AID and encapsulated in the packet header, and the data packet is sent to the access node accessed by the communication peer end;
所述接入节点与 PTF实体间具有数据接口,所述第一转发单元是设置为: 在收到终端发送的上行数据报文后, 如映射管理模块未緩存有通信对端的 RID, 则在该上行数据报文中封装该终端的 RID和该 PTF实体的 RID后传送 到该通信对端归属地 PTF实体, 由该 PTF实体将本 PTF实体的 RID替换为 通信对端的 RID后转发到对端接入节点。  The access node and the PTF entity have a data interface, and the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, The RID of the terminal and the RID of the PTF entity are encapsulated in the uplink data packet and then transmitted to the PTF entity of the communication peer. The PTF entity replaces the RID of the PTF entity with the RID of the communication peer and forwards the packet to the peer end. Into the node.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点, 所述移动性管理节点包括:  The above communication network may also have the following features, and the mobility management node includes:
注册注销模块, 设置为: 在收到终端 AID和为该终端分配的 RID后请求 该终端归属地 ILR对该终端的 RID进行注册, 携带终端的 AID和 RID; 获知 终端离线后 , 请求该终端归属地 ILR注销该终端的 RID; The registration cancellation module is configured to: after receiving the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, and carrying the AID and RID of the terminal; After the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to cancel the RID of the terminal;
离线处理模块, 设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线后, 通知注册注销模块 和连接维护模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端离线时, 通知接入节点该通信 对端离线;  The offline processing module is configured to: notify the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and notify the access node that the communication peer is offline when determining that the communication peer is offline;
切换控制模块设置为: 控制终端的切换过程, 包括:  The switching control module is set to: control the switching process of the terminal, including:
切出控制单元, 设置为: 实现对终端切出的控制, 向切入移动性管理节 点请求切换, 收到响应后通知终端切换, 终端切出后通知接入节点; 以及 切入控制单元, 设置为: 实现对终端切入的控制, 收到切换请求后通知 无线接入网为该终端分配无线资源, 通知接入节点该终端切入, 向切出移动 性管理节点返回切换响应, 切换完成后通知切出移动性管理节点。  The control unit is cut out, and is set to: implement control of the terminal cut-out, request handover from the handover mobility management node, notify the terminal to switch after receiving the response, notify the access node after the terminal cuts out, and cut into the control unit, and set it as: The control of the terminal handover is implemented. After receiving the handover request, the radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the access node is notified to the terminal to cut in, and the handover response is returned to the mobility management node, and the handover is notified after the handover is completed. Sex management node.
上述通信网络还可具有以下特点, 所述移动性管理节点还包括连接维护 模块, 所述移动性管理节点的模块中:  The above communication network may also have the following features, the mobility management node further includes a connection maintenance module, and the module of the mobility management node is:
所述连接维护模块设置为:保存终端通信时与通信对端的通信关系信息; 终端离线、 移出后删除该终端与通信对端的通信关系信息; 获知通信对端离 线后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通信关系信息;  The connection maintenance module is configured to: save the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer when the terminal communicates; delete the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer after the terminal is offline and remove; and after the communication peer is offline, delete the communication peer and the terminal. Communication relationship information;
所述离线处理模块还设置为: 在确定通信对端离线时, 还通知连接维护 模块;  The offline processing module is further configured to: notify the connection maintenance module when determining that the communication peer is offline;
所述切换控制模块中的切出控制单元设置为: 在终端切出后还通知所述 连接维护模块;  The cut-out control unit in the switching control module is configured to: notify the connection maintenance module after the terminal is cut out;
所述报文转发模块设置为: 从报文中获取到的本地没有保存的终端与通 信对端的通信关系信息还发送到移动性管理节点的连接维护模块保存。  The packet forwarding module is configured to: the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer that is not saved locally obtained from the packet is also sent to the connection maintenance module of the mobility management node for saving.
所述移动性管理节点的离线处理模块还设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线 后, 根据 AID从对端归属用户服务器或本地查询到对端移动性管理节点的位 置信息, 通知所有对端移动性管理节点有终端离线; 以及收到对端移动性管 理节点的终端离线通知后, 确定该终端离线, 并将该通知转发到接入节点中 的离线处理模块;  The offline processing module of the mobility management node is further configured to: notify all the peers to move according to the location information of the peer-to-home user server or the local query to the peer mobility management node according to the AID after determining that the accessed terminal is offline. The sexual management node has the terminal offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal of the opposite mobility management node, determining that the terminal is offline, and forwarding the notification to the offline processing module in the access node;
所述接入节点中的离线处理模块是设置为: 收到终端离线通知后, 确定 作为通信对端的该终端离线。 所述切出控制单元还设置为: 在切换过程中将连接维护模块保存的该终 端与通信对端的通信关系信息发送到切入移动性管理节点; The offline processing module in the access node is configured to: after receiving the offline notification of the terminal, determine that the terminal that is the communication peer is offline. The cut-out control unit is further configured to: send the communication relationship information of the terminal and the communication peer held by the connection maintenance module to the hand-in mobility management node during the handover process;
所述切入控制单元还设置为: 将切出移动性管理节点发来的终端与通信 对端的通信关系信息保存到连接维护模块并转发到接入节点保存。  The hand-in control unit is further configured to: save the communication relationship information between the terminal sent out by the mobility management node and the communication peer to the connection maintenance module, and forward the information to the access node for storage.
所述切入控制单元还设置为:在获取接入节点为切入终端分配的 RID后 , 根据该终端的 AID从对端归属用户服务器或本地查询到对端移动性管理节点 的位置信息, 向所述对端移动性管理节点发送终端 RID更新通知, 携带该终 端新的 AID-RID映射信息;以及将对端移动性管理节点发来的终端 RID更新 通知转发到接入节点;  The hand-in control unit is further configured to: after obtaining the RID allocated by the access node for the hand-in terminal, according to the AID of the terminal, from the peer home user server or the local query to the location information of the peer mobility management node, to the The peer mobility management node sends a terminal RID update notification, carries the terminal new AID-RID mapping information, and forwards the terminal RID update notification sent by the peer mobility management node to the access node;
所述接入节点的映射管理模块设置为: 收到终端 RID更新通知后更新本 地保存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息。  The mapping management module of the access node is configured to: update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal saved locally after receiving the terminal RID update notification.
所述移动性管理节点中的切出控制单元还设置为: 通知接入节点该终端 切出, 并将该接入节点发来的该终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息转发到切 入移动性管理节点;  The cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is further configured to: notify the access node that the terminal cuts out, and forward the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal communication peer end sent by the access node to the hand-in mobility management. Node
所述接入节点的切换处理模块还设置为: 在获知终端切出后, 将该终端 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息发送到移动性管理节点;  The switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: after the terminal is cut out, send the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal end of the terminal to the mobility management node;
所述移动性管理节点中的切入控制单元还设置为: 将切出移动性管理节 点发来的切入终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息转发到接入节点保存。  The hand-in control unit in the mobility management node is further configured to: forward the AID-RID mapping information of the handover terminal communication peer end sent by the mobility management node to the access node for saving.
所述接入节点之间具有接口, 所述移动性管理节点中的切出控制单元设 置为: 在终端切出时还通知所述接入节点的切换处理模块;  The access node has an interface between the access nodes, and the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is configured to: notify the handover processing module of the access node when the terminal is cut out;
所述接入节点的切换处理模块还设置为:具有以下功能中的一种或多种: 在获知终端切出后, 将该终端的通信对端的 AID-RID信息通过与切入接 入节点之间的接口发送到该终端切入的接入节点, 由该终端切入的接入节点 的映射管理模块保存;  The switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: have one or more of the following functions: after learning that the terminal is cut out, pass the AID-RID information of the communication peer end of the terminal to the access node The interface is sent to the access node that the terminal cuts in, and is saved by the mapping management module of the access node that the terminal cuts in;
在获知终端切入后, 为该终端分配新的 RID后, 通知对端接入节点该终 端 RID更新, 通知中携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息; 所述对端接入节点 的映射管理模块在收到后更新该终端的 AID-RID映射信息;  After the terminal is cut in, after the terminal is allocated a new RID, the terminal access node is notified of the RID update of the terminal, and the notification carries the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal; the mapping management module of the peer access node Updating the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving;
切换过程中, 将收到的发送给该终端的数据报文转发给切入接入节点。 所述接入节点之间具有接口, 所述移动性管理节点中的切出控制单元设 置为: 在终端切出时还通知所述接入节点的切换处理模块; During the handover process, the received data packet sent to the terminal is forwarded to the hand-in access node. The access node has an interface between the access nodes, and the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is configured to: notify the handover processing module of the access node when the terminal is cut out;
所述接入节点的切换处理模块还设置为: 在获知终端切出后, 将该终端 与通信对端的通信关系信息发送到该终端切入的接入节点, 由该终端切入的 接入节点的连接维护模块保存。  The switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: after learning that the terminal is cut out, send the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer to the access node cut by the terminal, and the connection of the access node cut by the terminal The maintenance module is saved.
所述接入节点之间具有接口, 所述接入节点的离线处理模块还设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线后, 根据该终端的 AID到连接维护模块查找到该终端 所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所 述通信对端的 RID, 通知所有对端接入节点有终端离线; 以及收到对端接入 节点发来的终端离线通知后, 确定作为通信对端的该终端离线。  The access node has an interface, and the offline processing module of the access node is further configured to: after determining that the accessed terminal is offline, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module. And then to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR to find the RID of the communication peer, notify all the peer access nodes that the terminal is offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal sent by the peer access node, determine The terminal of the communication peer is offline.
所述接入节点与所述 ILR之间具有信令接口, 所述接入节点中报文转发 模块的第一转发单元设置为: 通过该信令接口到该终端归属地 ILR查询通信 对端的 RID; 或者  The first forwarding unit of the packet forwarding module in the access node is configured to: query the RID of the communication peer through the signaling interface to the home location of the terminal ILR. ; or
所述移动性管理节点与所述 ILR之间具有信令接口 , 所述接入节点中报 文转发模块的第一转发单元是设置为: 要查询通信对端的 RID时, 请求移动 性管理节点对该通信对端的 RID进行查询, 携带该通信对端的 AID, 并接收 该移动性管理节点返回的查询结果;  The mobility management node and the ILR have a signaling interface, and the first forwarding unit of the packet forwarding module in the access node is configured to: when querying the RID of the communication peer, request the mobility management node to Querying the RID of the communication peer end, carrying the AID of the communication peer end, and receiving the query result returned by the mobility management node;
所述移动性管理节点还包括映射查询模块, 所述映射查询模块设置为: 在收到查询请求后根据通信对端 AID 向该通信对端归属地 ILR查询对应的 RID, 将查询到的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息返回给所述接入节点。  The mobility management node further includes a mapping query module, and the mapping query module is configured to: after receiving the query request, query the corresponding RID according to the communication peer AID to the communication peer home ILR, and query the communication pair. The AID-RID mapping information of the end is returned to the access node.
所述 ILR是设置为: 在收到对归属用户终端的注册请求后保存或更新该 终端的 AID-RID 映射信息, 收到对归属用户终端的注销请求后将该终端的 AID-RID映射信息删除或置为无效, 如果收到对非归属用户终端的注册、 注 销请求, 则经 ILR之间的接口转发给该终端归属地 ILR处理。 上述基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的通信网络, 支持移动终 端的应用场景, 有效解决了该场景下的迂回路由问题。  The ILR is configured to: save or update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, and delete the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. Or invalidated, if the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, the interface between the ILRs is forwarded to the home location ILR for processing. The above-mentioned communication network realized by the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane supports the application scenario of the mobile terminal, and effectively solves the problem of the loop in the scenario.
上述基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的通信网络的部署考虑了 兼容终端、 兼容上层业务的需求, 仅需升级网络侧设备, 兼容不更改终端的 应用场景。 The above-mentioned communication network implementation based on the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane considers the requirements of the compatible terminal and the compatible upper layer service, and only needs to upgrade the network side device, and is compatible with the terminal without changing the terminal. Application scenario.
本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种终端接入上述通信网络的方 法, 可以在终端接入该通信网络时实现身份标识和位置分离。 Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a method for a terminal to access the above communication network, which can realize identity identification and location separation when the terminal accesses the communication network.
为了解决这一技术问题, 本发明还提出了一种终端接入上述第一种通信 网络的方法,所述通信网络还包括用于保存终端位置信息的归属用户服务器, 该方法包括:  In order to solve the technical problem, the present invention also provides a method for a terminal to access the first communication network, the communication network further comprising a home subscriber server for storing terminal location information, the method comprising:
终端与所述无线入网的网元建立连接, 通过所述网元向所述移动性管理 节点请求接入;  The terminal establishes a connection with the network element that is wirelessly connected to the network, and requests access to the mobility management node by using the network element;
所述移动性管理节点对终端进行, 认证通过后, 到该终端的归属用户服 务器进行位置更新, 然后向所述接入节点请求建立到分组数据网络的连接, 并携带该终端的身份标识 (AID);  The mobility management node performs, after the authentication is passed, the location update to the home subscriber server of the terminal, and then requests the access node to establish a connection to the packet data network, and carries the identity identifier (AID) of the terminal. );
所述接入节点为该终端分配位置标识 ( RID),向该终端归属地 ILR发起注 册, ILR保存该终端的 AID-RID映射信息; 以及  The access node allocates a location identifier (RID) to the terminal, initiates registration with the terminal home ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
所述接入节点、 移动性管理节点、 无线接入网和该终端之间交互, 完成 该终端到所述接入节点间连接的建立。  The access node, the mobility management node, the radio access network, and the terminal interact to complete the establishment of the connection between the terminal and the access node.
所述终端的 AID的配置在终端上, 通过终端发送到所述移动性管理节点 的消息传送到所述移动性管理节点; 或者  The AID of the terminal is configured on the terminal, and the message sent by the terminal to the mobility management node is transmitted to the mobility management node; or
所述终端的 AID配置在该终端的归属用户服务器上, 通过位置更新响应 从所述归属用户服务器传送到所述移动性管理节点。  The AID of the terminal is configured on the home subscriber server of the terminal, and is transmitted from the home subscriber server to the mobility management node by a location update response.
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 (P-GW)实现且所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块设置在分组数据 网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS 网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 / 或 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用 移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入 网 (UTRAN); 该终端^^于到 EPS网络架构的附着过程接入到所述身份标识 与位置分离的通信网络的。 为了解决这一技术问题, 本发明还提供了一种终端接入上述第二种通信 网络的方法,所述通信网络还包括用于保存终端位置信息的归属用户服务器, 该方法包括: The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway (P-GW) in the EPS network architecture and The modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in a 3G system ( SGSN), the radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN); the terminal is connected to the EPS network architecture The attach procedure is accessed to the communication network where the identity is separated from the location. In order to solve the technical problem, the present invention further provides a method for a terminal to access the foregoing second communication network, the communication network further comprising a home subscriber server for storing terminal location information, the method comprising:
终端与无线入网的网元建立连接, 通过所述网元向移动性管理节点请求 接入;  The terminal establishes a connection with the network element that is wirelessly connected to the network, and requests access to the mobility management node by using the network element;
所述移动性管理节点对终端进行认证, 认证通过后, 到该终端的归属用 户服务器进行位置更新, 保存该终端的 AID信息, 然后向所述接入节点请求 建立到分组数据网络的连接, 并携带该终端的身份标识 (AID);  The mobility management node authenticates the terminal, and after the authentication is passed, performs location update to the home subscriber server of the terminal, saves the AID information of the terminal, and then requests the access node to establish a connection to the packet data network, and Carrying the identity (AID) of the terminal;
所述接入节点为该终端分配位置标识 (RID),通过响应消息将该 RID发送 到所述移动性管理节点,所述移动性管理节点向该终端归属地 ILR发起注册, 所述 ILR保存该终端的 AID-RID映射信息; 以及  The access node allocates a location identifier (RID) to the terminal, and sends the RID to the mobility management node by using a response message, where the mobility management node initiates registration with the terminal home location ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
所述接入节点、 移动性管理节点、 无线接入网和该终端之间交互, 完成 该终端到所述接入节点间连接的建立。  The access node, the mobility management node, the radio access network, and the terminal interact to complete the establishment of the connection between the terminal and the access node.
所述终端的 AID的配置在终端上, 通过终端发送到所述移动性管理节点 的消息传送到所述移动性管理节点; 或者  The AID of the terminal is configured on the terminal, and the message sent by the terminal to the mobility management node is transmitted to the mobility management node; or
所述终端的 AID配置在该终端的归属用户服务器上, 通过位置更新响应 从所述归属用户服务器传送到所述移动性管理节点。  The AID of the terminal is configured on the home subscriber server of the terminal, and is transmitted from the home subscriber server to the mobility management node by a location update response.
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点对应于 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关且 所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块设置在分组数据网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系统中的 服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信系统陆 地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN); 该 终端^ ^于到 EPS网络架构的附着过程接入到所述身份标识与位置分离的通 信网络的。  The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, where the access node corresponds to a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the access node The AID and RID management related modules are disposed in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in a 3G system, the wireless connection The access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN); the terminal accesses the attached process to the EPS network architecture The identity is separated from the location of the communication network.
上述方法在基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的身份标识 (AID) 与位置分离的通信网络中, 实现了终端接入该通信网络时实现身份标识和位 置分离。 本发明要解决的又一技术问题是提供一种终端存在通信对端时从上述通 信网络离线的方法, 以实现对身份标识与位置分离的终端的资源释放。 In the above-mentioned method, in the communication network based on the identity identification (AID) and the location separation implemented by the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane, the identity identification and the location separation are realized when the terminal accesses the communication network. Another technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a method for offline access from the above-mentioned communication network when the terminal exists at the communication peer end, so as to realize resource release of the terminal with identity identification and location separation.
为了解决这一技术问题, 本发明还提供了一种终端存在通信对端时从上 述第一种通信网络离线的处理方法, 所述方法包括: 在终端的离线过程中, 所述接入接点、 移动性管理实体、 无线接入网网元及该终端之间交互, 释放该终端到所述接入节点的连接; 并且  In order to solve the technical problem, the present invention further provides a processing method for the terminal to be offline from the first communication network when the terminal exists, the method comprising: in the offline process of the terminal, the access node, The mobility management entity, the radio access network network element, and the terminal interact with each other to release the connection of the terminal to the access node;
所述接入节点获知接入的终端离线时, 向该终端归属地 ILR发起注销, 该 ILR删除该终端注册的 RID或置该 RID为无效, 并回复响应; 以及  When the access node learns that the accessed terminal is offline, it initiates a logout to the home ILR of the terminal, and the ILR deletes the RID registered by the terminal or sets the RID to be invalid, and responds with a response;
所述接入接点还释放本地緩存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息和该终端与 对端的通信关系信息, 并对该终端的每一通信对端 AID, 检查本地是否有其 它终端与该通信对端还存在着通信关系, 若不存在, 则释放该通信对端的 AID-RID信息, 否则保留该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  The access node also releases the locally cached AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer end, and checks, for each communication peer AID of the terminal, whether there is another terminal and the communication pair locally. There is also a communication relationship at the terminal, if not, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released, otherwise the AID-RID information of the communication peer is reserved;
所述接入节点确定接入的终端离线时, 还向所有对端接入节点发送终端 离线通知, 携带该终端的 AID;  When the access node determines that the accessed terminal is offline, it also sends a terminal offline notification to all the peer access nodes, and carries the AID of the terminal;
所述对端接入节点收到该终端离线的通知后, 删除本地緩存中该终端与 其它终端的通信关系信息, 以及该终端的 AID-RID信息, 并回复响应。  After receiving the offline notification of the terminal, the peer access node deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the other terminal in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal, and responds with a response.
所述接入节点是根据该终端发起的会话释放流程收到的信令确定该终端 离线的; 或者, 所述接入节点是根据所述移动性管理节点发起的会话释放流 程中收到的信令获知该终端离线的; 或者, 所述接入节点是在本接入节点发 起默认承载释放时, 获知该终端离线的。  The access node determines that the terminal is offline according to the signaling received by the session release process initiated by the terminal; or the access node is received according to the session release process initiated by the mobility management node. Let the terminal know that the terminal is offline; or, the access node learns that the terminal is offline when the default access release is initiated by the access node.
所述通信网络是基于演进的分组系统 (EPS)网络架构实现的具有身份标 识与位置分离架构的网络, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网 关和分组数据网络网关实现且所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块 设置在分组数据网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动 性管理实体和 /或 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网 为演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统 陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN)。 为了解决该技术问题, 本发明还提供了一种终端存在通信对端时从上述 第二种通信网络离线的处理方法, 所述方法包括: 在终端离线的过程中, 接入节点获知接入终端离线后, 释放本地緩存的该终端的 AID-RID映射 信息和该终端与对端的通信关系信息, 对该终端的每一通信对端 AID, 检查 本地是否有其它终端与该通信对端还存在着通信关系, 若不存在, 则释放该 通信对端的 AID-RID信息, 否则保留该通信对端的 AID-RID信息; The communication network is a network with an identity identification and a location separation architecture implemented based on an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture. The modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in the 3G system (SGSN). The radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN). In order to solve the technical problem, the present invention further provides a processing method for the terminal to be offline from the second communication network when the terminal exists, the method comprising: in the process of the terminal being offline, the access node learns the access terminal After being offline, the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer are released, and each communication peer AID of the terminal checks whether there are other terminals in the local terminal and the communication peer exists. The communication relationship, if not, releases the AID-RID information of the communication peer, and otherwise retains the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
移动性管理节点获知接入终端离线后, 向该终端归属地 ILR发起注销, 该 ILR删除该终端注册的 RID或置该 RID为无效, 并回复响应; 以及  After the mobility management node learns that the access terminal is offline, it initiates a logout to the home ILR of the terminal, and the ILR deletes the RID registered by the terminal or sets the RID to be invalid, and responds with a response;
所述接入节点、 移动性管理实体、 无线接入网网元及终端之间交互, 释 放该终端到所述接入节点之间的连接。  The access node, the mobility management entity, the radio access network element, and the terminal interact to release the connection between the terminal and the access node.
所述移动性管理节点获知接入终端离线后, 还将该终端离线通知经过对 端移动性管理节点发送到对端接入节点, 通知中携带该终端的 AID;  After the mobility management node learns that the access terminal is offline, the offline notification of the terminal is also sent to the remote access node through the remote mobility management node, and the notification carries the AID of the terminal;
所述对端接入节点收到该终端离线的通知后, 删除本地緩存中该终端与 自身之外的其它终端的通信关系信息, 以及该终端的 AID-RID信息。  After receiving the offline notification of the terminal, the peer access node deletes the communication relationship information of the terminal and other terminals other than itself in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal.
所述通信网络是基于演进的分组系统 (EPS)网络架构实现的具有身份标 识与位置分离架构的网络, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网 关和分组数据网络网关实现且所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块 设置在分组数据网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动 性管理实体和 /或 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网 为演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统 陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN)。  The communication network is a network with an identity identification and a location separation architecture implemented based on an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture. The modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in the 3G system (SGSN). The radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN).
上述方法在基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的身份标识与位置 分离的通信网络中, 实现了对身份标识与位置分离的终端的资源释放。 附图概述  The above method realizes resource release of the terminal with identity identification and location separation in the communication network separated by identity and location based on the network architecture separated from the control plane and the media plane. BRIEF abstract
附图说明用来提供对本发明的进一步理解, 并且构成说明书的一部分, 与本发明的实施例一起用于解释本发明, 并不构成对本发明的限制。  The accompanying drawings are intended to provide a
图 la为现有技术中 EPS系统架构的示意图; 图 lb为本发明实施例 SILSN架构的网络拓朴示意图; Figure la is a schematic diagram of an EPS system architecture in the prior art; FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of a network topology of a SILSN architecture according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 lc为基于 SILSN架构的网络与传统 IP网络的拓朴关系的示意图; 图 2a和图 2b分别是非漫游场景和漫游场景下, 基于 EPS系统架构实现 的 SILSN架构的第一种示例的网络连接示意图;  Figure lc is a schematic diagram of a topological relationship between a network based on a SILSN architecture and a traditional IP network; Figure 2a and Figure 2b are schematic diagrams of a network connection of a first example of a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario, respectively. ;
图 3a和图 3b分别是非漫游场景和漫游场景下, 基于 EPS系统架构实现 的 SILSN架构的第二种示例的网络连接示意图;  FIG. 3a and FIG. 3b are schematic diagrams showing a network connection of a second example of a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario;
图 4a和图 4b分别是非漫游场景和漫游场景下, 基于 EPS系统架构实现 的 SILSN架构的第三种示例的网络连接示意图;  4a and 4b are schematic diagrams showing a network connection of a third example of a SILSN architecture implemented based on an EPS system architecture in a non-roaming scenario and a roaming scenario;
图 5 ^ ^于图 2a所示网络的用户终端初始接入进行会话建立的流程图; 图 6 ^^于图 2a所示网络的用户终端离线时进行会话释放的流程图; 图 7是基于图 3b所示网络的用户终端初始接入进行会话建立的流程图; 图 8 ^^于图 3b所示网络的用户终端离线时进行会话释放的流程图; 图 9是实施例一中 P-GW的功能框图;  Figure 5 is a flow chart of the initial establishment of the user terminal of the network shown in Figure 2a for session establishment; Figure 6 is a flow chart of the session release when the user terminal of the network shown in Figure 2a is offline; Figure 7 is based on the figure 3b is a flow chart of initial establishment of a user terminal of the network for session establishment; FIG. 8 is a flowchart of performing session release when the user terminal of the network shown in FIG. 3b is offline; FIG. 9 is a P-GW of the first embodiment. Functional block diagram;
图 10是实施例二中 P-GW和 MME的功能框图。  FIG. 10 is a functional block diagram of a P-GW and an MME in Embodiment 2.
本发明的较佳实施方式 Preferred embodiment of the invention
下面结合附图和具体实施例对本发明所述技术方案作进一步的详细描 述, 以使本领域的技术人员可以更好的理解本发明并能予以实施, 但所举实 施例不作为对本发明的限定。  The technical solutions of the present invention are further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments to enable those skilled in the art to understand the invention. .
图 lb所示是一种身份标识和位置分离 (Subscriber Identifier & Locator Separation Network, SILSN ) 架构, 该 SILSN架构的网络拓朴划分为拓朴关 系上没有重叠的接入网和骨干网, 接入网位于骨干网的边缘, 负责所有终端 的接入, 骨干网负责接入的终端间数据报文的路由和转发。  Figure lb shows a Subscriber Identifier & Locator Separation Network (SILSN) architecture. The network topology of the SILSN architecture is divided into an access network and a backbone network with no overlapping relationships in the topology relationship. It is located at the edge of the backbone network and is responsible for accessing all terminals. The backbone network is responsible for routing and forwarding data packets between terminals.
SILSN架构的网络中有两种标识类型:接入标识( Access Identifier, AID ) 和路由标识( Routing Identifier, RID ) 。 其中, AID是终端的用户身份标识, 网络为每个终端用户唯一分配一个 AID, 在终端移动过程中始终保持不变; RID是网络为终端分配的位置标识, 在骨干网使用。 应说明的是, 身份标识 和位置标识在不同的 SILSN架构可以有不同的名称, 但实质是一样的。 There are two types of identification in the network of the SILSN architecture: Access Identifier (AID) and Routing Identifier (RID). The AID is the user identity of the terminal, and the network uniquely assigns an AID to each terminal user, which remains unchanged during the terminal movement; the RID is the location identifier assigned by the network to the terminal, and is used in the backbone network. It should be noted that the identity The location identifiers can have different names in different SILSN architectures, but the essence is the same.
SILSN架构中, 终端可以是移动终端、 固定终端和游牧终端中的一种或 多种, 如手机、 固定电话、 电脑和服务器等等。  In the SILSN architecture, the terminal may be one or more of a mobile terminal, a fixed terminal, and a nomadic terminal, such as a mobile phone, a landline telephone, a computer, a server, and the like.
SILSN架构中, 接入网用于为终端提供二层(物理层和链路层)接入手 段, 维护终端与 ASN之间的物理接入链路。 可能的二层接入手段包括: 蜂窝 移动网技术( GSM/CDMA/ TD-SCDMA/WCDMA/ WiMAX/LTE ) 、 DSL、 宽 带光纤接入或 WiFi接入等等。  In the SILSN architecture, the access network is used to provide a Layer 2 (physical layer and link layer) access means for the terminal, and maintains a physical access link between the terminal and the ASN. Possible Layer 2 access methods include: Cellular Mobile Network Technology (GSM/CDMA/TD-SCDMA/WCDMA/WiMAX/LTE), DSL, Broadband Fiber Access or WiFi Access, and more.
SILSN架构中, 接入服务节点用于为终端提供接入服务、 维护终端与网 络的连接, 为终端分配 RID, 维护 AID-RID映射信息, 到映射转发平面登记 注册和查询终端的 RID, 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发等功能。  In the SILSN architecture, the access service node is used to provide access services for the terminal, maintain the connection between the terminal and the network, assign the RID to the terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information, register and register the RID of the terminal, and implement the RID of the terminal. Functions such as routing and forwarding of data packets.
SILSN架构中, 骨干网的主要网元包括:  In the SILSN architecture, the main network elements of the backbone network include:
接入服务节点 (Access Service Node, ASN)用于为终端分配 RID, 维护终 端的 AID-RID映射信息, 到 ILR登记注册和查询终端的 RID, 以及实现数据 报文的路由和转发, 终端须经过 ASN接入骨干网。 ASN分配的 RID包含该 ASN的地址信息, 将该 RID作为数据报文的目的地址时, 该数据报文将被路 由到该 ASN。  An access service node (ASN) is used to allocate RIDs to terminals, maintain AID-RID mapping information of terminals, register and register RIDs of ILRs, and implement routing and forwarding of data packets. The ASN accesses the backbone network. The RID assigned by the ASN contains the address information of the ASN. When the RID is used as the destination address of the data packet, the data packet will be routed to the ASN.
通用路由器( Common Router, CR ) , 用于根据数据报文中的 RID进行 选路, 转发以 RID为目的地址的数据 ^艮文。  A common router (CR) is used to select a route according to the RID in the data packet, and forward the data with the RID as the destination address.
身份位置寄存器( Identity Location Register, ILR ) , ILR用于保存终端 的身份标识和位置标识映射信息, 文中也写为 AID-RID映射信息, 处理对终 端位置的注册、 注销和查询;  The Identity Location Register (ILR) is used to store the identity and location identifier mapping information of the terminal. The text is also written as AID-RID mapping information to process registration, logout, and query of the terminal location.
可选地, 骨干网还可以包括:  Optionally, the backbone network may further include:
分组转发功能(Packet Transfer Function, PTF ) 实体, 也称为分组转发 功能节点, 用于路由和转发以 AID为目的地址的数据报文。  A Packet Transfer Function (PTF) entity, also known as a packet forwarding function node, is used to route and forward data packets with the AID as the destination address.
互联服务节点 (Interconnect Service Node, ISN),具有与通用路由器、 ASN 和 ILR的接口, 用于查询、 维护本网络终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 封装、 路 由和转发本网络与传统 IP网络之间往来的数据报文, 实现两个网络的互联互 通。 上述 ILR, 或 ILR和 PTF实体构成了骨干网的映射转发平面, CR, 或 CR和 ISN构成了骨干网的广义转发平面。骨干网中还可以包括认证中心等其 他网元。 An Interconnect Service Node (ISN) has an interface with a general-purpose router, ASN, and ILR for querying and maintaining AID-RID mapping information of the network terminal, encapsulating, routing, and forwarding between the network and the legacy IP network. Data packets from and to each other to achieve interconnection and interoperability between the two networks. The above ILR, or ILR and PTF entities constitute the mapping forwarding plane of the backbone network, CR, or CR and ISN constitute the generalized forwarding plane of the backbone network. Other network elements such as a certification center may also be included in the backbone network.
SILSN架构初期可以传统 IP网络的一个或多个孤岛形式存在和发展, 或 作为传统 IP网络的扩展部分。 SILSN架构与传统 IP网络的拓朴关系如图 lc 所示, SILSN架构的骨干网部分与传统 IP处于同一平面, 通过 ISN与传统 IP 网络互通。 SILSN架构具备独立组网的能力, 可以形成脱离传统 IP网络独自 发展的网络, 在该阶段, 功能实体 ISN将不再存在。  The SILSN architecture can exist and evolve in the form of one or more islands of a traditional IP network, or as an extension of a traditional IP network. The topology relationship between the SILSN architecture and the traditional IP network is shown in Figure lc. The backbone part of the SILSN architecture is in the same plane as the traditional IP, and communicates with the traditional IP network through the ISN. The SILSN architecture has the capability of independent networking, which can form a network that is developed independently from the traditional IP network. At this stage, the functional entity ISN will no longer exist.
基于 SILSN架构的网络, 因为终端和身份标识和位置分离, 终端和通信 对端通过 AID识别对方, 用 RID来实现数据报文的路由和转发。 在终端移动 时, AID不变, 以保持终端和通信对端的通信关系, RID可以随终端移动而 重新分配, 以支持终端进行无固定锚点的移动性, 解决数据包路径迂回的问 题。 因此, 为了实现正常通信, 可满足以下条件:  Based on the SILSN architecture network, because the terminal and the identity and location are separated, the terminal and the communication peer identify the other party through the AID, and use the RID to implement routing and forwarding of data packets. When the terminal moves, the AID does not change, so as to maintain the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer. The RID can be redistributed as the terminal moves to support the terminal to perform mobility without fixed anchor points, and solve the problem of packet path bypass. Therefore, in order to achieve normal communication, the following conditions can be met:
• ASN须保存有接入本 ASN的终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 以实现对下 行数据报文的正确转发;  • The ASN shall store the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal accessing the ASN to implement correct forwarding of the next data packet.
• ASN在接入本 ASN的终端通信时, 须保存有通信对端的 AID-RID映 射信息, 以实现对上行数据报文的正确转发;  • When the ASN accesses the terminal of the ASN, the ASN-RID mapping information of the communication peer must be saved to correctly forward the uplink data packet.
• 为终端分配新的 RID时, 须通知对端 ASN该终端 RID更新。  • When assigning a new RID to the terminal, the peer ASN must be notified of the terminal RID update.
上述下行数据报文指 ASN收到的发送到接入本 ASN的终端的数据报文, 上行数据报文指 ASN收到的接入本 ASN的终端发送到通信对端的数据报文。 对端 ASN指终端的通信对端接入的 ASN,类似的,文中提到的某对端网元也 是指终端的通信对端接入的网元。 另外, 文中描述两个网元之间传送信息时, 如没有特别指出某网元是对端网元, 应理解为终端接入的同一侧的网元之间 的信息传送。  The downlink data packet is a data packet sent by the ASN to the terminal accessing the ASN, and the uplink data packet is a data packet sent by the terminal accessed by the ASN to the communication peer end. The peer ASN refers to the ASN that the communication peer of the terminal accesses. Similarly, a peer network element mentioned in the text also refers to the network element accessed by the communication peer of the terminal. In addition, when the information is transmitted between two network elements, if there is no specific indication that a network element is a peer network element, it should be understood as information transmission between network elements on the same side of the terminal access.
要满足上述条件, 在一种实施方式下, 可以通过以下流程来实现以下主 要的相关处理: To meet the above conditions, in one embodiment, the following main related processes can be implemented through the following processes:
• 接入过程, 即终端接入到 ASN的过程 ASN为终端分配指向本 ASN的 RID,保存该终端的 AID-RID映射信 息; • Access process, the process by which the terminal accesses the ASN The ASN allocates a RID to the terminal for the terminal, and saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
ASN为终端分配 RID后 , 到该终端归属地 ILR发起注册流程 , 携带 该终端的 AID-RID映射信息;  After the ASN allocates the RID to the terminal, the ILR initiates a registration process to the home ILR of the terminal, and carries the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
• 通信过程, 即终端发起与通信对端的通信的过程  • The communication process, ie the process by which the terminal initiates communication with the correspondent peer
ASN建立终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 即终端 AID与通信对端 AID的对应关系,在具体形式上可以是包括终端 AID和通信对端 AID的一个 通信对端表, ASN可以从收到的数据报文中获取终端及其通信对端的 AID, 保存在该终端的通信对端表中;  The ASN establishes the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer, that is, the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID, and may be a communication peer table including the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in a specific form, and the ASN may receive the information from the ASN. Obtaining the AID of the terminal and its communication peer in the data packet, and storing it in the communication peer table of the terminal;
ASN建立通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 可以在转发上行数据报文 时从 ILR查询到, 从接收的下行数据报文中获取等;  The ASN establishes the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and can be queried from the ILR when the uplink data packet is forwarded, and obtained from the received downlink data packet;
• 离线过程, 即终端离线时的处理过程  • Offline process, ie the process when the terminal is offline
ASN删除终端的 AID-RID映射;  The ASN deletes the AID-RID mapping of the terminal;
ASN到终端归属地 ILR注销该终端;  ASN to the terminal attribution ILR cancels the terminal;
ASN删除终端与通信对端的通信关系信息;  The ASN deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer;
ASN维护通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息;  The ASN maintains AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer;
ASN通知对端 ASN终端离线;  The ASN notifies the peer ASN terminal that it is offline;
ASN确定终端的通信对端离线, 删除该终端与该通信对端的通信关 系信息, 并删除该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  The ASN determines that the communication peer of the terminal is offline, deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and deletes the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
• 切换过程, 指终端因移动触发的跨 ASN切换的过程  • The handover process refers to the process of the terminal's cross-ASN handover triggered by the mobile
切入侧的处理包括:  The processing on the cut-in side includes:
ASN为切入终端分配 RID;  The ASN allocates a RID for the cut-in terminal;
ASN向切入终端归属地 ILR发起注册流程, 携带切入的终端的 AID-RID映射信息;  The ASN initiates a registration process to the ILR that is the home location of the handover terminal, and carries the AID-RID mapping information of the cut-in terminal;
切出侧的处理包括:  The processing of the cut-out side includes:
ASN删除切出终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 删除切出终端与通信 对端的通信关系信息; ASN维护切出终端的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息 The ASN deletes the AID-RID mapping information of the cut-out terminal, and deletes the communication relationship information between the cut-out terminal and the communication peer; The ASN maintains the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end of the cut-out terminal.
增加以下信息传递的处理:  Increase the processing of the following information delivery:
切出 ASN (终端切出的 ASN ) 向切入 ASN (终端切入的 ASN ) 传递终端与通信对端的通信关系信息;  Cutting out the ASN (the ASN cut out by the terminal) to the ASN (the ASN of the terminal cut-in) and transmitting the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer;
切出 ASN向切入 ASN传递终端的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信 息;  Cutting out the AID-RID mapping information of the ASN to the communication peer end of the ASN delivery terminal;
切入 ASN或终端归属地 ILR通知对端 ASN终端 RID更新。 文中的切换过程,是针对终端存在通信对端时移动到另一 ASN服务区域 的场景, 在该通信网络釆用流实时检测机制时, 也即是指终端在通信状态下 移动到另一 ASN服务区域时的切换控制。终端在不存在通信对端时移动到另 一 ASN服务区域时, 移入一侧为终端分配 RID和到 ILR注册, 与接入过程 一致, 移出一侧删除该终端的 AID和 RID信息, 与离线相比, 可以不到 ILR 注销。 所有与通信对端有关的处理都不需要进行, 包括通信关系信息、 通信 对端的 AID-RID映射信息的维护和通知对端终端 RID更新等,也不需要在切 入切出 ASN之间进行数据转发。  The ASN or the terminal home ILR is notified to notify the peer ASN terminal of the RID update. The handover process in the text is a scenario for the terminal to move to another ASN service area when the communication peer exists. When the communication network uses the real-time flow detection mechanism, that is, the terminal moves to another ASN service in the communication state. Switching control in the area. When the terminal moves to another ASN service area when there is no communication peer, the mobile terminal allocates the RID and the ILR registration to the terminal, which is consistent with the access process. The removed side deletes the AID and RID information of the terminal, and the offline phase Than, you can not log out of the ILR. All the processing related to the communication peer does not need to be performed, including the communication relationship information, the maintenance of the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, and the notification of the RID update of the peer terminal, and the data forwarding between the cut-in and the ASN is not required. .
应说明的是, 以上处理仅为一种示例性的实施方式, 仍存在其他的替代 方式。  It should be noted that the above processing is merely an exemplary embodiment, and other alternatives exist.
如, 切出 ASN向切入 ASN传递终端的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 终端与通信对端的通信关系信息是可选的,切入 ASN也可以在终端发起通信 的过程中获取这些信息。  For example, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end of the ASN to the ASN delivery terminal is cut out, and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer is optional, and the ASN can also obtain the information in the process of the terminal initiating communication.
如, ASN通知对端 ASN终端离线是可选地, ASN也可通过流实时检测 机制来确定通信对端是否离线, 如发现在设定时间内没有检测到终端发送的 数据, 则认为该终端离线。  For example, the ASN notifies that the peer ASN terminal is offline. The ASN can also determine whether the communication peer is offline through the flow real-time detection mechanism. If it is found that the data sent by the terminal is not detected within the set time, the terminal is considered to be offline. .
SILSN架构主要是针对现有移动互联网提出的一种身份标识和位置分离 的技术, 下面以 EPS系统架构为基础,提出在 EPS系统架构上实现 SILSN架 构的三个实施例, 主要针对为实现终端身份标识和位置分离需要的在原有系 统上进行的改进进行描述。 在需要升级的网元如 P-GW、 MME中除下文提到 的与实现终端的身份标识和位置分离相关的功能模块, 均需要保留在 EPS系 统原有的其他功能模块。 The SILSN architecture is mainly a technology for identity identification and location separation proposed by the existing mobile Internet. Based on the EPS system architecture, three embodiments of implementing the SILSN architecture on the EPS system architecture are proposed, mainly for implementing terminal identity. The improvements made on the legacy system required for identification and location separation are described. In the network elements that need to be upgraded, such as P-GW and MME, except the following The functional modules related to the identity and location separation of the terminal need to remain in the original functional modules of the EPS system.
实施例一  Embodiment 1
本实施例基于 EPS系统架构实现的 SILSN架构如图 2a所示, 图中给出 了该架构网络中的主要网元及各网元之间的连接接口。 SILSN架构的接入网 部分主要由 EPS 系统中的无线接入网实现, EPS 系统中的移动性管理实体 (MME)、 S-GW和升级后的 P-GW共同实现 ASN要完成的功能。 同时, 增加 了具有与 P-GW的接口的 ILR, PTF实体, ISN等网元,这些网元为逻辑网元, 在物理实体上可以与现有的网元合设, 广义转发平面由支持 RID路由的分组 数据网络实现。  The SILSN architecture implemented in this embodiment based on the EPS system architecture is shown in Figure 2a. The figure shows the main network elements in the architecture network and the connection interfaces between the network elements. The access network part of the SILSN architecture is mainly implemented by the radio access network in the EPS system. The mobility management entity (MME), the S-GW and the upgraded P-GW in the EPS system jointly implement the functions to be completed by the ASN. At the same time, network elements such as ILR, PTF entity, and ISN are added to the interface with the P-GW. These network elements are logical network elements. The physical entities can be combined with existing network elements. The generalized forwarding plane is supported by RIDs. Routing packet data network implementation.
在本实施例基于 EPS系统架构实现的 SILSN架构中, P-GW与 ILR之间 存在信令接口, MME与 ILR之间不存在信令接口, 与 AID-RID相关的处理 主要在 P-GW中实现。 其中:  In the SILSN architecture implemented by the EPS system architecture in this embodiment, there is a signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and there is no signaling interface between the MME and the ILR, and the processing related to the AID-RID is mainly in the P-GW. achieve. among them:
P-GW用于为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配指向本 P-GW的 RID, 维 护终端和通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 到 ILR注册、 注销和查询终端的 RID, 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发。 P-GW还用于与其他 P-GW配合实现 终端跨 P-GW的切换。  The P-GW is used to provide an access service for the terminal, allocate the RID to the P-GW, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, register with the ILR, log out and query the RID of the terminal, and implement the datagram. Routing and forwarding. The P-GW is also used to cooperate with other P-GWs to implement handover of terminals across P-GWs.
如图 9所示, P-GW包括以下与实现终端的身份标识和位置分离相关的 功能模块:  As shown in FIG. 9, the P-GW includes the following functional modules related to implementing identity and location separation of the terminal:
RID分配模块, 用于在终端请求接入或终端切入的过程中为终端分配 RID, 将该终端的 AID和分配的 RID发送到注册注销模块和连接维护模块。  The RID allocation module is configured to allocate a RID to the terminal during the terminal requesting the access or the terminal to cut in, and send the AID and the allocated RID of the terminal to the registration and cancellation module and the connection maintenance module.
注册注销模块,用于在收到终端 AID和为该终端分配的 RID后请求该终 端归属地 ILR对该终端的 RID进行注册, 携带终端的 AID和 RID; 获知终端 离线后 , 请求该终端归属地 ILR注销该终端的 RID。  The registration cancellation module is configured to, after receiving the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, request the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, and carry the AID and the RID of the terminal; after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the terminal The ILR logs out the RID of the terminal.
连接维护模块, 用于保存终端的连接信息, 包括终端的 AID-RID映射信 息及终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 可以包括通信对端的 AID-RID映射信 息; 终端离线、 移出后删除该终端的连接信息; 可选的, 获知通信对端离线 后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通信关系信息。 The connection maintenance module is configured to save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and may include AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; the terminal is offline, and the terminal is deleted after being removed. Connection information; optional, knowing that the communication peer is offline After that, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted.
映射管理模块, 用于保存通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 获知终端切出 或在存在通信对端时离线后, 删除该终端以及该终端通信对端中与接入本 a mapping management module, configured to save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; learn that the terminal is cut out or offline when the communication peer exists, delete the terminal, and the terminal and the access terminal
P-GW的其他终端没有通信关系的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 获知通信 对端离线时, 删除该通信对端的 AID-RID信息; 收到对端发来的终端 RID更 新通知后更新本地保存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息。 可以对接入本 P-GW 所有终端的通信对端一起管理。 The other terminal of the P-GW does not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship; when it is known that the communication peer is offline, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is deleted; and the local RID update notification is received after the peer sends the notification The saved AID-RID mapping information of the terminal. It can be managed together with the communication peers accessing all the terminals of the P-GW.
离线处理模块, 用于在确定接入本 P-GW的终端离线后, 通知注册注销 模块、 连接维护模块和映射管理模块该终端离线, 可选地, 在终端离线后, 通知该终端所有对端 P-GW该终端离线, 具体可以根据该终端的 AID到连接 维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管 理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID , 向所有对端 P-GW发送终端离线 通知; 在确定通信对端离线时, 通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块。  The offline processing module is configured to notify the registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the terminal accessing the P-GW is offline, and optionally, after the terminal is offline, notify the opposite end of the terminal. The terminal of the P-GW is offline. Specifically, the AID of the terminal can be found according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then the RID of the communication peer is found by the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR. The peer P-GW sends a terminal offline notification; when it is determined that the communication peer is offline, the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module are notified.
离线处理模块可以在收到终端离线过程的相关信令(如离线请求消息或 会话释放请求或承载修改消息或判断需要释放默认承载等) 时, 确定接入本 P-GW 的终端离线, 也可以釆用流实时检测机制来维护的方式, 如设置资源 释放定时器, 在该定时器定时时间内没有检测到该终端发送的数据报文后, 可以判定该终端离线, 确定通信对端离线的方式可以是收到对端 P-GW的通 知, 或者上述流实时检测的方式。  The offline processing module may determine that the terminal accessing the P-GW is offline when receiving the relevant signaling of the offline process of the terminal, such as an offline request message or a session release request or a bearer modification message or determining that the default bearer needs to be released. The method of maintaining the real-time detection mechanism of the flow, such as setting the resource release timer, after detecting the data message sent by the terminal within the time limit of the timer, determining that the terminal is offline and determining the manner in which the communication peer is offline It may be a notification of receiving the peer P-GW, or a manner of real-time detection of the above flow.
切换控制模块用于实现对终端跨 P-GW的切换的控制, 包括切出控制单 元和切入控制单元, 其中:  The switching control module is configured to implement control of switching the terminal across the P-GW, including a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, where:
切出控制单元用于实现对终端切出的控制, 在该终端切出后通知连接维 护模块和映射管理模块终端切出; 切换过程中, 将收到的发送给该终端的数 据报文转发给切入 P-GW, 可选地, 将该终端与通信对端的通信关系信息和 / 或通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息发送到切入 P-GW。  The cut-out control unit is configured to implement control for cutting out the terminal, and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module terminal to cut out after the terminal is cut out; during the handover, the received data packet sent to the terminal is forwarded to the terminal The P-GW is cut into the P-GW. Optionally, the communication relationship information of the terminal and the communication peer and/or the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer are sent to the P-GW.
切入控制单元用于实现对终端切入的控制, 通知 RID分配模块该 终端 切入;可选地,向对端 P-GW发送更新终端 RID通知,携带该终端新的 AID-RID 映射信息。 切入控制模块可以根据切入终端的 AID到连接维护模块查找到该 终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管理模块或 ILR查找 到所述通信对端的 RID (指向对端 P-GW ) , 向所有对端 P-GW发送终端 RID 更新通知。 The cut-in control unit is configured to implement control of the terminal hand-in, and notify the RID distribution module to cut in the terminal; optionally, send an update terminal RID notification to the peer P-GW, and carry the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal. The cut-in control module can find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the cut-in terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then go to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR search. To the RID of the communication peer (pointing to the peer P-GW), the terminal RID update notification is sent to all the peer P-GWs.
在另一实施例中, 所述切入控制模块可以用于将为切入终端分配的 RID 发送到切出 P-GW的切出控制模块; 相应地, 切出控制模块用于根据收到切 入侧为终端分配的 AID到连接维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 向 所有对端 P-GW发送终端 RID更新通知。  In another embodiment, the hand-in control module may be configured to send the RID allocated for the cut-in terminal to the cut-out control module of the cut-out P-GW; correspondingly, the cut-out control module is configured to receive the cut-in side according to The AID assigned by the terminal to the connection maintenance module finds the AID of all the communication peers of the terminal, and then finds the RID of the communication peer to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR, and sends the terminal RID update notification to all the peer P-GWs. .
报文转发模块用于收到上行数据报文后从映射管理模块或 ILR查询到通 信对端 RID, 和终端 RID—起封装在数据报文中, 路由并转发到对端接入节 点, 以及将下行数据报文解封装, 剥离其中的 RID后发送给终端。  The packet forwarding module is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID is encapsulated in the data packet, routed and forwarded to the peer access node, and The downlink data packet is decapsulated, and the RID is stripped and sent to the terminal.
^^文转发模块分为第一转发单元和第二转发单元, 其中:  The ^^ text forwarding module is divided into a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, where:
第一转发单元用于在收到包含终端和通信对端 AID的上行数据报文后, 如在映射管理模块查询到通信对端的 RID, 将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为 源、 目的地址封装在数据报文中, 经广义转发平面路由并转发到对端 P-GW; 否则到该终端归属地 ILR查询通信对端的 RID ,查询到的通信对端的 AID-RID 保存到映射管理模块; 该数据报文可以先发送到该终端归属地 PTF实体, 由 PTF实体转发到对端 P-GW, 也可以先緩存, 在查询到通信对端的 RID后, 再将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源、 目的地址封装在数据报文中, 经广义 转发平面路由并转发到对端 P-GW。 第一转发单元查找终端归属地 ILR和 /或 PTF实体的方式可以是通过查询本地配置的终端 AID与其归属地 ILR和 /或 PTF实体的对应关系信息来实现。  The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and encapsulates the RID of the terminal and the communication peer end as a source and destination address. In the data packet, the generalized forwarding plane is routed and forwarded to the peer P-GW; otherwise, the terminal ILR queries the RID of the communication peer, and the queried AID-RID of the communication peer is saved to the mapping management module; the datagram The text may be sent to the PTF entity of the terminal home, and then forwarded by the PTF entity to the peer P-GW, or may be cached first. After querying the RID of the communication peer, the RID of the terminal and the communication peer is used as the source and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is routed through the generalized forwarding plane and forwarded to the peer P-GW. The manner in which the first forwarding unit searches for the terminal's home ILR and/or PTF entity may be implemented by querying the locally configured terminal AID and its home location ILR and/or PTF entity correspondence information.
第二转发单元用于在收到下行数据报文后, 对该数据报文解封装, 剥离 其中的 RID后, 通过与终端 AID对应的连接发往该终端; 如 ^艮文中通信对端 的 AID-RID映射信息在映射管理模块中不存在,还要保存到映射管理模块中。  After receiving the downlink data packet, the second forwarding unit is configured to decapsulate the data packet, and after stripping the RID, send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID; for example, the AID of the communication peer in the text The RID mapping information does not exist in the mapping management module and is also saved in the mapping management module.
另外, 第一转发单元和第二转发单元还可判断数据 ^^文中终端 AID与通 信对端 AID的对应关系是否已保存在连接维护模块中, 如没有, 增加到连接 维护模块保存的终端与通信对端的通信关系信息中。 身份位置寄存器(ILR )在实体上可以与 EPS 系统中的归属用户服务器 合设也可以单独设置, 用于接收对归属用户终端的注册和注销请求, 维护该 终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 以及在收到对终端的查询请求后, 将请求中包含 的该终端 AID所对应的 RID返回给查询请求方。如收到对归属用户终端的注 册请求后保存或更新该终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 收到对归属用户终端的注 销请求后将该终端的 AID-RID映射信息删除或置为无效。 如果收到对非归属 用户终端的注册、 注销请求, 则转发给该终端归属地 ILR处理。 In addition, the first forwarding unit and the second forwarding unit may further determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data file is saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, add to the terminal and communication saved by the connection maintenance module. In the communication relationship information of the peer. The identity location register (ILR) may be physically configured with the home subscriber server in the EPS system or may be separately configured to receive a registration and deregistration request for the home subscriber terminal, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, and After receiving the query request for the terminal, the RID corresponding to the terminal AID included in the request is returned to the query requesting party. If the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is saved or updated after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is deleted or invalidated after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. If the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, it is forwarded to the home location of the terminal for ILR processing.
分组转发功能(PTF ) 实体是可选的, PTF实体在实体上可以与 ILR合 设或单独设置, 用于在收到 P-GW或其他 PTF实体转发的归属用户终端发送 的数据报文后, 根据通信对端 AID查到对应的 RID (如可到 ILR查找或本地 查找) 并封装在报文头后, 将该数据报文转发到对端 P-GW。 如果收到的是 非归属用户终端发送的数据报文, 则转发给该终端归属地 PTF实体处理。  The packet forwarding function (PTF) entity is optional. The PTF entity can be set up with the ILR or separately set to receive the data message sent by the home user terminal forwarded by the P-GW or other PTF entities. After the corresponding RID is found according to the communication peer AID (for example, it can be searched by ILR or local search) and encapsulated in the packet header, the data packet is forwarded to the peer P-GW. If the data packet sent by the non-home user terminal is received, it is forwarded to the PTF entity of the terminal.
互联服务节点(ISN )是可选的, 在实体上可以与 P-GW合设也可以单独 设置, 是本架构网络与传统 IP网络的分界节点, 用于查询、 维护本架构网络 终端的 AID-RID映射信息,封装、路由和转发本架构网络与传统 IP网络之间 往来的数据报文, 实现本架构网络与传统 IP间的互联互通功能。 ISN是传统 IP网络终端在 SILSN架构网络的接入节点。  The Interworking Service Node (ISN) is optional. It can be set up with the P-GW or can be set separately. It is the demarcation node between the network and the traditional IP network. It is used to query and maintain the AID of the network terminal of the architecture. The RID mapping information encapsulates, routes, and forwards data packets between the network and the traditional IP network to implement interconnection and interworking between the network and the traditional IP. The ISN is the access node of the traditional IP network terminal in the SILSN architecture network.
如图 2a所示,本实施例架构与实现终端的身份标识与位置分离相关的主 要接口包括(以下接口名称可以变化的) : As shown in FIG. 2a, the main interface related to the identity and location separation of the terminal in this embodiment includes (the following interface names can be changed):
S12是 P-GW之间的接口, 主要用于终端移动或离线时管理信令的传递, 在终端 RID变化时向对端 P-GW传递终端 RID更新通知, 可选地, 传递终端 与通信对端的通信关系信息、 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 向对端传递终 端离线通知等。  S12 is an interface between the P-GWs, and is mainly used for transmitting the management signaling when the terminal moves or offline, and transmits the terminal RID update notification to the peer P-GW when the terminal RID changes, optionally, the transmitting terminal and the communication pair The communication relationship information of the terminal, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and the offline notification of the terminal are transmitted to the opposite end.
S13/D13是 P-GW与 ISN间的信令 /数据接口。 本架构网络终端与传统 IP 网络终端的通信过程中, 如本架构网络的终端发生切换, P-GW通过 S13接 口将本架构网络终端新的 AID-RID映射信息通知 ISN。 同时, P-GW和 ISN 通过 D13接口互传本架构网络终端与传统网络终端的数据 ^艮文。 D13接口的 数据报文的格式如表 1 : 二层报头 源 RID 目的 RID IP报文头(. . ,源 AID, 数据 S13/D13 is a signaling/data interface between the P-GW and the ISN. During the communication between the network terminal of the architecture and the traditional IP network terminal, if the terminal of the network in the architecture switches, the P-GW notifies the ISN of the new AID-RID mapping information of the network terminal of the architecture through the S13 interface. At the same time, the P-GW and the ISN mutually transmit data of the network terminal of the architecture and the traditional network terminal through the D13 interface. The format of the data packet on the D13 interface is shown in Table 1: Layer 2 header source RID destination RID IP packet header (. . , source AID, data
目的 AID, .. ) 报文净荷 表 1 其中, 源 AID和源 RID是发送数据包的终端的 AID和 RID , 目的 AID 和目的 RID是数据包发往的通信对端的 AID和 RID。  Purpose AID, .. ) Message payload Table 1 where source AID and source RID are the AID and RID of the terminal that sent the packet. The destination AID and destination RID are the AID and RID of the communication peer to which the packet is sent.
S14是 P-GW与 ILR间的信令接口, 主要用于查询和维护 AID-RID映射 信息。 在非漫游场下, S14为 P-GW与归属地 ILR ( Home ILR )之间接口, 在漫游场景下(如图 2b ) , S14为 P-GW与拜访地 ILR ( Visited ILR )之间接 口。  S14 is a signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and is mainly used for querying and maintaining AID-RID mapping information. In the non-roaming field, S14 is the interface between the P-GW and the home ILR (Home ILR). In the roaming scenario (Fig. 2b), S14 is the interface between the P-GW and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
D14是 P-GW与 PTF实体间的数据接口, D14接口的数据报文的格式如 表 2: D14 is the data interface between the P-GW and the PTF entity. The format of the data packet on the D14 interface is as shown in Table 2:
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
表 2  Table 2
其中, RIDi是与 P-GW连接的映射转发平面中 PTF实体的路由地址, 由 P-GW上的配置数据得到。 源 RID、 源 AID和目的 AID的含义同 D 13接口。  The RIDi is the routing address of the PTF entity in the mapping forwarding plane connected to the P-GW, and is obtained by the configuration data on the P-GW. The source RID, source AID, and destination AID have the same meaning as D 13 interface.
拜访地 ILR和归属地 ILR之间没有直接连接时 ,需要通过中继 ILR( Broke ILR ) 中继, S15 是映射转发平面内各 ILR 间的信令接口, 用于查询和维护 AID-RID映射信息, 以及映射转发平面内的路由信息交互。  When there is no direct connection between the visited ILR and the home ILR, it is required to relay the ILR (Broke ILR) relay. S15 is the signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane, which is used to query and maintain the AID-RID mapping information. And mapping information interaction within the forwarding plane.
另外, P-GW与广义转发平面之间的数据接口的报文格式同 D13接口, S-GW和 P-GW之间的数据报文应包括: 二层报头、 IP报文头(..., 源 AID, 目的 AID, . . . )和数据报文净荷, 可以增加其他封装。 P-GW之间可以具有 数据报文的转发接口, 该接口定义的报文格式可以是: 二层报头、 隧道封装、 IP报文头 (..., 源 AID, 目的 AID, . . . )和数据报文净荷。 下面将对网络具体运作方式进行说明, 包括如下主要的处理: 终端开机 接入网络的处理, 终端注册注销的处理, 终端发起通信的处理, 终端切换的 处理和终端离线的处理。 以下逐一进行说明: In addition, the packet format of the data interface between the P-GW and the generalized forwarding plane is the same as that of the D13 interface, and the data packet between the S-GW and the P-GW should include: a Layer 2 header, an IP packet header (... , source AID, destination AID, . . . ) and data message payload, can be added to other packages. The P-GW can have a forwarding interface for data packets. The format of the packet can be: Layer 2 header, tunnel encapsulation, IP packet header (..., source AID, destination AID, . . . ) And data message payload. The following describes the specific operation mode of the network, including the following main processes: processing of the terminal to access the network, processing of registering and deregistering the terminal, processing of the terminal initiated communication, processing of the terminal switching, and processing of the terminal offline. The following is explained one by one:
( 1 )终端接入网络的处理  (1) Processing of terminal access network
终端 AID可以配置在终端上, 也可以在用户签约后配置在归属用户服务 器上。 图 5是本实施例在图 2a系统的基础上, 终端初始接入进行会话建立过 程的流程图, 具体步骤描述如下:  The terminal AID can be configured on the terminal or configured on the home user server after the user signs up. FIG. 5 is a flow chart of the initial setup of the terminal for the session establishment process based on the system of FIG. 2a in the embodiment, and the specific steps are as follows:
步骤 501 ,终端与无线侧网元建立无线资源控制( Radio Resource Control, RRC )连接作为信令消息或者业务数据的承载;  Step 501: The terminal establishes a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection with the radio side network element as a bearer of the signaling message or the service data.
步骤 502, 终端向无线侧网元发送初始化非接入层(Non-Access-Stratum, NAS ) 消息进行附着操作;  Step 502: The terminal sends a non-access stratum (NAS) message to the radio side network element to perform an attach operation.
如果终端的 AID信息配置在终端上, NAS消息中需携带终端的 AID信 息。  If the AID information of the terminal is configured on the terminal, the NAS message carries the AID information of the terminal.
步骤 503 , 无线侧网元将初始的用户消息将 NAS消息转发给 MME; 步骤 504, MME启动鉴权以及安全流程, 对终端进行验证;  Step 503: The wireless side network element forwards the NAS message to the MME by using the initial user message. Step 504: The MME starts the authentication and the security process, and performs verification on the terminal.
步骤 505, MME请求 HSS进行位置更新; HSS向 MME回应位置更新响 应;  Step 505: The MME requests the HSS to perform location update; the HSS responds to the MME with a location update response;
如果终端的 AID信息配置在终端归属的 HSS中,则该位置更新响应消息 中携带终端的 AID信息。  If the AID information of the terminal is configured in the HSS to which the terminal belongs, the location update response message carries the AID information of the terminal.
步骤 506, MME向 S-GW发送会话建立请求, 进行核心网连接建立, 携 带终端 AID信息; S-GW将会话建立请求消息发送给 P-GW, 携带终端签约 AID信息;  Step 506: The MME sends a session establishment request to the S-GW to establish a core network connection, and carries the terminal AID information. The S-GW sends a session establishment request message to the P-GW, and the terminal carries the terminal to sign the AID information.
步骤 507, P-GW为终端分配 RID, 向 ILR发起注册, ILR保存该终端 AID-RID映射信息, 向 P-GW回复确认响应;  Step 507: The P-GW allocates an RID to the terminal, initiates registration with the ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, and returns a confirmation response to the P-GW.
步骤 508, P-GW向 S-GW回复会话建立响应, 然后 S-GW向 MME发送 会话建立响应;  Step 508: The P-GW returns a session establishment response to the S-GW, and then the S-GW sends a session establishment response to the MME.
步骤 509 , MME向无线侧网元发起初始上下文建立请求; 步骤 510, 终端与无线侧网元执行 RRC连接配置过程; Step 509: The MME initiates an initial context establishment request to the radio side network element. Step 510: The terminal performs an RRC connection configuration process with the radio side network element.
步骤 511 , 无线侧网元回复 MME初始上下文建立响应;  Step 511: The wireless side network element replies to the MME initial context establishment response.
步骤 512, 终端向无线侧网元发送直传消息, 包括附着完成信息; 步骤 513 , 无线侧网元向 MME发送附着完成消息;  Step 512: The terminal sends a direct transmission message to the wireless side network element, including the attachment completion information. Step 513: The wireless side network element sends an attach complete message to the MME.
步骤 514, MME向 S-GW更新承载请求;  Step 514: The MME updates the bearer request to the S-GW.
步骤 515, S-GW向 P-GW发送承载更新请求, 然后, P-GW向 S-GW回 应承载更新响应。  Step 515: The S-GW sends a bearer update request to the P-GW, and then the P-GW returns a bearer update response to the S-GW.
步骤 516, S-GW回应 MME承载更新响应消息。  Step 516: The S-GW responds to the MME bearer update response message.
以上流程与现有 EPS的附着过程基本相同,但增加了到 ILR注册终端 RID 的步骤 507, 另外, 在步骤 506移动性管理实体向 S-GW发送的会话建立请 求中应携带终端 AID信息, 该 AID是 HSS通过步骤 505中的位置更新响应 或终端通过步骤 503中的 NAS消息带给移动性管理实体的。  The above process is basically the same as the existing EPS attachment process, but the step 507 is added to the ILR registration terminal RID. In addition, the session establishment request sent by the mobility management entity to the S-GW in step 506 should carry the terminal AID information. The AID is the HSS that is brought to the mobility management entity by the location update response in step 505 or by the terminal via the NAS message in step 503.
( 2 )终端切换的处理 (2) Handling of terminal switching
当终端位置发生变化, 需要接入到新的 P-GW即发生的跨 P-GW的切换 时, 对终端切出的控制包括: 在终端切出后释放相关资源; 对终端切入的控 制包括: 通知无线接入网为该终端分配无线资源, 为终端分配 RID。  When the location of the terminal is changed, and the handover to the P-GW is performed, the control of the terminal is as follows: The related resources are released after the terminal is cut out; The radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the terminal is assigned an RID.
在切换过程中, 还涉及到终端与通信对端的通信关系信息的传递、 通信 对端的 AID-RID映射信息的传递, 发送到终端的数据报文的转发, 通知对端 P-GW终端 RID更新等在上文中已有描述, 这里不再重复。  In the process of handover, the transmission of the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, the transmission of the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, the forwarding of the data message sent to the terminal, the notification of the RID update of the peer P-GW terminal, etc. It has been described above and will not be repeated here.
( 3 )终端通信的处理 (3) Processing of terminal communication
P-GW在收到上行数据报文后, 根据数据报文中通信对端的 AID查询本 地緩存的 AID-RID映射表:  After receiving the uplink data packet, the P-GW queries the locally cached AID-RID mapping table according to the AID of the communication peer in the data packet:
若查到通信对端的 RID, P-GW在该数据报文中封装上终端及其通信对 端的 RID, 转换为 D13接口定义的格式后转发至对端 P-GW;  If the RID of the communication peer is found, the P-GW encapsulates the RID of the terminal and its communication peer in the data packet, converts it to the format defined by the D13 interface, and forwards it to the peer P-GW;
若未查到, P-GW用通信对端的 AID到该通信对端归属地 ILR查询到该 通信对端的 RID后, 在本地保存该通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 对于数据 才艮文, 有以下两种处理方式; If not found, the P-GW queries the ILR of the communication peer to the ILR of the communication peer. After the RID of the peer end is communicated, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end is locally saved, and the data processing is performed in the following two manners;
P-GW在查询的同时, 将数据报文转换为 D14接口定义的格式后传送至 该通信对端归属地 PTF实体,该 PTF实体在本地或该通信对端归属地 ILR查 询到该通信对端的 RID后, 将数据报文由 D14接口定义的格式转换为 D13 接口定义的格式后传送到对端 P-GW; 或者  The P-GW converts the data packet into the format defined by the D14 interface and then transmits the data packet to the PTF entity of the communication peer. The PTF entity queries the communication peer at the local or the ILR of the communication peer. After the RID, the data packet is converted into the format defined by the D13 interface by the format defined by the D14 interface, and then transmitted to the peer P-GW; or
P-GW先緩存数据报文, 在查询到通信对端的 RID后, 将緩存的数据报 文转换为 D13接口定义的格式传送到对端 P-GW。  The P-GW first buffers the data packet, and after the RID of the communication peer is queried, the buffered data packet is converted into a format defined by the D13 interface and transmitted to the peer P-GW.
P-GW收到下行数据报文后,对数据报文进行解封装处理,转换为 P-GW 和 S-GW之间接口定义的格式, 再将该数据报文发往终端。 如果 P-GW检查 本地没有保存 P-GW收到的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 则 P-GW需要将 该信息进行緩存。  After receiving the downlink data packet, the P-GW decapsulates the data packet, converts it into a format defined by the interface between the P-GW and the S-GW, and sends the data packet to the terminal. If the P-GW checks that the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer received by the P-GW is not saved locally, the P-GW needs to cache the information.
此外, P-GW可以判断从报文中获取到的通信对端的 AID是否已保存到 记录终端与通信对端的通信关系信息的通信对端表中, 如没有, 则需加添加 到该通信对端表中。  In addition, the P-GW can determine whether the AID of the communication peer obtained from the message has been saved in the communication peer table of the communication relationship information between the recording terminal and the communication peer end. If not, the P-GW needs to be added to the communication peer end. In the table.
( 4 )终端离线的处理 (4) Terminal offline processing
图 6是本实施例在图 2a系统的基础上,用户离线时进行会话释放过程的 流程图。 该实施例中, 由终端发起会话释放过程的具体步骤包括:  Figure 6 is a flow chart showing the process of releasing the session when the user is offline, based on the system of Figure 2a. In this embodiment, the specific steps of the session release process initiated by the terminal include:
步骤 601 , 终端发送离线请求消息经无线侧网元传送至移动性管理实体; 步骤 602,移动性管理实体发送会话删除请求给 S-GW, 以便去激活该终 端的承载信息, S-GW向移动性管理实体回应会话删除响应消息;  Step 601: The terminal sends an offline request message to the mobility management entity by using the wireless side network element. Step 602: The mobility management entity sends a session deletion request to the S-GW to deactivate the bearer information of the terminal, and the S-GW moves to the mobile device. The sexual management entity responds to the session deletion response message;
步骤 603 , S-GW请求 P-GW进行会话删除,删除终端的所有承载, P-GW 将回复删除会话响应消息;  Step 603: The S-GW requests the P-GW to perform session deletion, deletes all bearers of the terminal, and the P-GW will reply to delete the session response message.
步骤 604 , 在收到会话删除请求后, P-GW向终端归属地 ILR发起注销, 该 ILR注销该终端注册的 RID, , ILR回复响应;  Step 604: After receiving the session deletion request, the P-GW initiates a logout to the terminal home ILR, and the ILR cancels the RID registered by the terminal, and the ILR replies with a response;
步骤 605 , P-GW向对端 P-GW发送终端离线通知, 携带该终端的 AID; 对端 P-GW回复响应; 该步在步骤 603之后执行, 和步骤 604的先后顺序不限。 Step 605: The P-GW sends a terminal offline notification to the peer P-GW, and carries the AID of the terminal; the peer P-GW replies with a response; This step is performed after step 603, and the order of steps 604 is not limited.
步骤 606, P-GW释放本地緩存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息和该终端 与对端的通信关系信息; 同时, 对于该终端的每一通信对端 AID , P-GW检 查本地是否有其它终端与该通信对端还存在着通信关系, 若不存在, 则释放 该通信对端的 AID-RID信息, 否则保留该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  Step 606: The P-GW releases the AID-RID mapping information of the locally cached terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer end. Meanwhile, for each communication peer AID of the terminal, the P-GW checks whether there are other terminals locally. There is still a communication relationship with the communication peer. If not, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released, otherwise the AID-RID information of the communication peer is reserved;
步骤 607, 对端 P-GW收到删除终端的请求后, 删除本地緩存中该终端 与其它终端的通信关系信息, 以及该终端的 AID-RID信息;  Step 607: After receiving the request for deleting the terminal, the peer P-GW deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and other terminals in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal.
该步在步骤 605之后进行, 与步骤 606没有固定的前后顺序。  This step is performed after step 605, and there is no fixed sequence before and after step 606.
步骤 608, 移动性管理实体向终端发送离线接受消息;  Step 608: The mobility management entity sends an offline accept message to the terminal.
步骤 609, 移动性管理实体发送连接释放信令给无线侧网元, 无线侧信 息进行释放;  Step 609: The mobility management entity sends a connection release signaling to the radio side network element, and the wireless side information is released.
与现有的会话释放流程相比,以 AID信息为终端的用户身份标识,另外, P-GW在收到会话删除请求后, 增加了步骤 604向 ILR发起注销及步骤 605 通知对端 P-GW删除终端的处理, 在步骤 606和 607中删除通信关系信息和 AID-RID映射信息的处理。  Compared with the existing session release process, the AID information is used as the user identity of the terminal. In addition, after receiving the session deletion request, the P-GW adds step 604 to initiate the logout to the ILR and step 605 notifies the peer P-GW. The process of deleting the terminal, and the process of deleting the communication relationship information and the AID-RID mapping information in steps 606 and 607.
说明终端离线的处理流程。 在 MME发起的会话释放以及 P-GW发起的默认 承载释放的情况下, 终端离线处理方式与现有的会话或承载释放的信令流程 基本相同, 但是需要以 AID信息作为终端的用户身份标识, 并增加上述步骤 604 607对 AID、 RID信息的处理。 在此不再重复描述。 Explain the processing flow of the terminal offline. In the case of the session release initiated by the MME and the release of the default bearer initiated by the P-GW, the offline processing mode of the terminal is basically the same as the signaling process of the existing session or bearer release, but the AID information needs to be used as the user identity of the terminal. And adding the processing of the AID and RID information in the above step 604 607. The description will not be repeated here.
在上述实施例的一个变例中, 考虑到终端的通信对端可能很多, 将由 P-GW将终端与通信对端的通信关系信息及相关通知上报到终端归属地 ILR, 该 ILR维护终端的通信关系信息, 并在该终端的 RID变化时向对端 ASN发 送终端 RID更新通知。  In a variant of the above embodiment, considering that the communication peer of the terminal may be many, the communication relationship information and related notification between the terminal and the communication peer are reported by the P-GW to the terminal belonging to the ILR, and the communication relationship of the ILR maintenance terminal is Information, and send a terminal RID update notification to the peer ASN when the RID of the terminal changes.
实施例二 Embodiment 2
本实施例基于 EPS系统架构实现的 SILSN架构如图 3a和 3b所示, 图中 给出了本架构网络的主要网元及各网元之间的连接接口。 SILSN架构的接入 网部分主要由 EPS系统中的无线接入网实现, EPS系统中的 S-GW, 升级后 的 P-GW和移动性管理实体共同实现 ASN要完成的功能。 同时, 增加了与 P-GW之间具有接口的 ILR, PTF实体, ISN等网元。 这些网元为逻辑网元, 在物理实体上可以与现有的网元合设, 广义转发平面可以支持 RID路由的分 组数据网络来实现。 The SILSN architecture implemented in this embodiment based on the EPS system architecture is shown in Figures 3a and 3b. The figure shows the main network elements of the architecture network and the connection interfaces between the network elements. SILSN architecture access The network part is mainly implemented by the radio access network in the EPS system. The S-GW in the EPS system, the upgraded P-GW and the mobility management entity jointly implement the functions to be completed by the ASN. At the same time, network elements such as ILRs, PTF entities, and ISNs having interfaces with the P-GW are added. These network elements are logical network elements, which can be combined with existing network elements on a physical entity, and the generalized forwarding plane can support a packet data network of RID routing.
本实施例中, ILR与 P-GW之间及 ILR与移动性管理实体之间均存在信 令接口, 而 P-GW之间没有信令接口。 将实施例一中 P-GW的部分功能改由 MME来完成, P-GW之间传递的部分信息改由 MME之间的接口来传递。  In this embodiment, there is a signaling interface between the ILR and the P-GW and between the ILR and the mobility management entity, and there is no signaling interface between the P-GWs. Part of the function of the P-GW in the first embodiment is changed by the MME, and part of the information transmitted between the P-GWs is transferred by the interface between the MMEs.
分组数据网络网关 (P-GW), 用于为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配指向 本 P-GW的 RID, 维护终端和通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 到 ILR查询终 端的 RID , 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发。 a packet data network gateway (P-GW), configured to provide an access service for the terminal, allocate the RID to the P-GW, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, and query the RID of the terminal by the ILR, and Implement routing and forwarding of data packets.
本实施例中, 如图 10所示, P-GW包括以下与实现终端的身份标识与位 置分离相关的功能模块:  In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10, the P-GW includes the following functional modules related to implementing identity separation and location separation of the terminal:
RID分配模块, 用于在终端请求接入或终端切入的过程中为终端分配 RID, 将该终端的 AID和分配的 RID发送到连接维护模块和 MME。  The RID allocation module is configured to allocate an RID to the terminal in the process of requesting access or terminal handover, and send the AID and the allocated RID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module and the MME.
连接维护模块, 用于保存终端的连接信息, 包括终端的 AID-RID映射信 息及终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 可以包括通信对端的 AID-RID映射信 息; 终端离线、 移出后删除该终端的连接信息; 可选的, 获知通信对端离线 后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通信关系信息。  The connection maintenance module is configured to save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and may include AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; the terminal is offline, and the terminal is deleted after being removed. Connection information; Optionally, after the communication peer is offline, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted.
映射管理模块, 用于保存通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 在获知终端切 出或在存在通信对端时离线后, 删除该终端以及该终端通信对端中与接入本 P-GW的其他终端没有通信关系的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 获知通信 对端离线时, 删除该通信对端的 AID-RID信息; 收到终端 RID更新通知后更 新保存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息。  The mapping management module is configured to save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and after deleting the terminal cut-out or offline when the communication peer exists, deleting the terminal and the other end of the terminal communication peer with the accessing P-GW The terminal has no AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship; when the communication peer is offline, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is deleted; and the saved AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is updated after receiving the terminal RID update notification.
切换处理模块,用于在获知终端切入时,通知 RID分配模块该终端切入; 获知终端切出时, 通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块该终端切出, 可选地, 将该终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息发送到 MME。 切换过程中, 将收到 的发送给该终端的数据报文转发给切入 P-GW。 The switching processing module is configured to notify the RID distribution module of the terminal to cut in when the terminal is cut in; when the terminal is cut out, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal cuts out, and optionally, the AID of the terminal communication peer The -RID mapping information is sent to the MME. Will receive during the switch The data message sent to the terminal is forwarded to the cut-in P-GW.
离线处理模块, 用于在确定接入的终端离线后, 通知连接维护模块和映 射管理模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端离线时, 通知连接维护模块和映射 管理模块该通信对端离线。 可以根据 MME传送的通信对端离线的通知等方 式确定通信对端离线。 可以在收到 MME传送的删除终端请求等离线流程中 的相关信令确定接入本 P-GW的终端离线, 对终端和对端通信关系信息的维 护也可以釆用流实时检测来维护的方式。  The offline processing module is configured to notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and when the communication peer is determined to be offline, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the communication peer is offline. The communication peer can be determined to be offline according to the notification of the offline communication of the communication peer transmitted by the MME. The related signaling in the offline process, such as the request to delete the terminal transmitted by the MME, may be determined that the terminal accessing the P-GW is offline, and the maintenance of the terminal and the peer communication relationship information may also be maintained by using real-time flow detection. .
报文转发模块与实施例一基本相同, 只是从报文中获取到的本地没有保 存的终端与通信对端的通信关系信息还可以发送到 MME保存。  The packet forwarding module is basically the same as the first embodiment, except that the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer that is not saved locally from the packet can be sent to the MME for storage.
MME用于与归属用户服务器配合完成对终端的认证, 到 ILR注册和注 销终端的 RID, 维护终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 以及与其他 MME配 合实现终端跨 P-GW的切换。 The MME is configured to cooperate with the home subscriber server to complete the authentication of the terminal, to the ILR registration and the RID of the terminal, to maintain the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer, and to cooperate with other MMEs to implement handover of the terminal across the P-GW.
本实施例中, MME包括以下与实现终端的身份标识与位置分离相关的功 能模块:  In this embodiment, the MME includes the following functional modules related to implementing identity identification and location separation of the terminal:
注册注销模块,用于在收到终端 AID和为该终端分配的 RID后请求该终 端归属地 ILR对该终端的 RID进行注册, 携带终端的 AID和 RID; 获知终端 离线后 , 请求该终端归属地 ILR注销该终端的 RID。  The registration cancellation module is configured to, after receiving the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, request the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, and carry the AID and the RID of the terminal; after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the terminal The ILR logs out the RID of the terminal.
连接维护模块, 可选, 用于保存终端通信时与通信对端的通信关系信息, 可以包括通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 终端离线、 移出后删除该终端与通 信对端的通信关系信息; 获知通信对端离线后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通 信关系信息。  The connection maintenance module is optional, and is used for storing communication relationship information between the communication terminal and the communication peer end, and may include AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end; the terminal disconnects and deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end; After the peer is offline, the communication relationship between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted.
离线处理模块, 用于在确定接入的终端离线后, 通知注册注销模块和连 接维护模块该终端离线, 可选地, 通知所有对端 MME该终端离线; 在确定 通信对端离线时, 通知连接维护模块和 P-GW。 确定通信对端离线的方式可 以是收到对端 MME的通知, 也可以是流实时检测方式等。 MME中的模块可 以从通信对端 HSS或本地查询到通信对端 MME的位置信息, 通信对端 HSS 的位置则可根据 MME上配置的 AID和 HSS的对应关系来确定。 切换控制模块用于实现对终端跨 P-GW的切换的控制, 包括为切出控制 单元和切入控制单元, 其中: An offline processing module, configured to notify the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline, optionally, notifying all the peer MMEs that the terminal is offline; and when determining that the communication peer is offline, notifying the connection Maintenance module and P-GW. The method for determining that the communication peer is offline may be a notification of receiving the peer MME, or a real-time flow detection mode. The module in the MME may be located from the communication peer HSS or the local query to the location information of the communication peer MME, and the location of the communication peer HSS may be determined according to the correspondence between the AID and the HSS configured on the MME. The switching control module is configured to implement control of switching the terminal across the P-GW, including a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, where:
切出控制单元用于实现对终端切出的控制, 向切入 MME请求切换, 收 到响应后通知终端切换,终端切出后通知连接维护模块和 P-GW该终端切出; 可选地, 在切换过程中将连接维护模块保存的该终端与通信对端的通信关系 信息发送到切入 MME; 通知 P-GW该终端切出, 并将该 P-GW发来的该终 端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息转发到切入 MME;  The cut-out control unit is configured to implement control for cutting out the terminal, request handover from the MME, and notify the terminal to switch after receiving the response, and notify the connection maintenance module and the P-GW to cut out the terminal after the terminal is cut out; optionally, The communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer saved by the connection maintenance module is sent to the cut-in MME during the handover process; the P-GW is notified to the terminal to cut out, and the AID-RID mapping of the terminal communication peer end sent by the P-GW is performed. The information is forwarded to the cut-in MME;
切入控制单元用于实现对终端切入的控制, 收到切换请求后通知无线接 入网为该终端分配无线资源, 通知 P-GW为该终端分配 RID, 向切出 MME 返回切换响应, 切换完成后通知切出 MME。 可选地, 在切换过程中, 向对端 MME发送终端 RID更新通知,携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息,相应地, 将对端 MME发送的终端 RID更新通知转发到 P-GW; 将切出 MME发来的 该终端的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息转发到 P-GW保存;以及将切出 MME 发来的终端与通信对端的通信关系信息保存到连接维护模块并转发到 P-GW 保存。  The handover control unit is configured to implement control on the handover of the terminal. After receiving the handover request, the radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the P-GW is notified to allocate the RID to the terminal, and the handover response is returned to the cut-out MME. The notification cuts out the MME. Optionally, in the handover process, the terminal RID update notification is sent to the opposite MME, and the terminal carries the new AID-RID mapping information, and correspondingly, the terminal RID update notification sent by the opposite MME is forwarded to the P-GW; The AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end sent by the MME is forwarded to the P-GW for saving; and the communication relationship information between the terminal sent by the MME and the communication peer end is saved to the connection maintenance module and forwarded to the P- GW save.
身份位置寄存器 (ILR ) 的功能与实施例一相同, 在实体上可以与 EPS 系统中的归属用户服务器合设也可以单独设置。  The function of the Identity Location Register (ILR) is the same as that of the first embodiment, and can be physically set up with the home subscriber server in the EPS system or can be set separately.
分组转发功能 (PTF ) 实体是可选的, 功能与实施例一相同, 在实体上 可以与 ILR合设或单独设置。  The Packet Forwarding Function (PTF) entity is optional and has the same functions as the first embodiment. It can be physically set up or set separately with the ILR.
互联服务节点(ISN )是可选的, 功能与实施例一相同, 在实体上可以与 P-GW合设也可以单独设置。  The Interworking Service Node (ISN) is optional and has the same functions as the first embodiment. It can be physically configured with the P-GW or can be set separately.
如图 3a所示,本实施例架构与实现终端的身份标识与位置分离相关的主 要接口包括: As shown in FIG. 3a, the main interfaces related to the identity and location separation of the terminal in this embodiment include:
S10接口是 MME之间的信令接口,主要用于终端移动或离线时管理信令 的传递, 如终端 RID变化时向对端传递终端 RID更新通知, 可选地, 向对端 传递终端离线通知 , 以及在切入切出 MME之间传递终端与通信对端的通信 关系信息、 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息等。 D13是 P-GW与 ISN间的数据接口。 P-GW通过 D13接口互传本网络终 端与传统网络终端的数据报文。 其格式与实施例一的 D13接口相同, 如表 3 所示:
Figure imgf000037_0001
The S10 interface is a signaling interface between the MMEs, and is mainly used for transmitting the management signaling when the terminal moves or offline. For example, when the terminal RID changes, the terminal RID update notification is transmitted to the peer end, and optionally, the terminal offline notification is transmitted to the peer end. And communicating the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, and the like between the cut-in and the MME. D13 is the data interface between the P-GW and the ISN. The P-GW exchanges data packets between the local network terminal and the traditional network terminal through the D13 interface. The format is the same as the D13 interface of the first embodiment, as shown in Table 3:
Figure imgf000037_0001
表 3  table 3
S14a是 MME与 ILR间的信令接口 ,主要用于注册和注销终端的 AID-RID 映射信息。 在非漫游场景中, S14a为 MME与归属地 ILR ( Home ILR )之间 的接口;在漫游场景中(如图 3b ) , S14a为 MME与拜访地 ILR ( Visited ILR ) 之间的接口。  S14a is a signaling interface between the MME and the ILR, and is mainly used for registering and deregistering the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal. In the non-roaming scenario, S14a is the interface between the MME and the home ILR (Home ILR); in the roaming scenario (Fig. 3b), S14a is the interface between the MME and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
S14b是 P-GW与 ILR间的信令接口, 主要用于查询 AID-RID映射信息。 在非漫游场景中, S14a为 P-GW与归属地 ILR ( Home ILR )之间的接口; 在 漫游场景中 (如图 3b ) , S14b为 P-GW与拜访地 ILR ( Visited ILR )之间接 口。 归属陆地移动通信网 ( Home Public Land Mobile Network, HPLMN )表 示归属地。  S14b is a signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and is mainly used for querying AID-RID mapping information. In the non-roaming scenario, S14a is the interface between the P-GW and the home ILR (Home ILR); in the roaming scenario (Fig. 3b), S14b is the interface between the P-GW and the visited ILR (the visited ILR). . The Home Public Land Mobile Network (HPLMN) indicates the attribution.
D14是 P-GW与 PTF间的数据接口, D14接口的数据报文的格式如表 4 所示:  D14 is the data interface between the P-GW and the PTF. The format of the data packet on the D14 interface is shown in Table 4:
Figure imgf000037_0002
Figure imgf000037_0002
表 4  Table 4
其中, 源 RID是为发送数据包的终端分配的 RID, RIDi是与 P-GW连接 的映射转发平面中 PTF的路由地址, 可以由 P-GW上的配置数据得到。  The source RID is the RID allocated to the terminal that sends the data packet, and the RIDi is the routing address of the PTF in the mapping forwarding plane connected to the P-GW, which can be obtained from the configuration data on the P-GW.
拜访地 ILR和归属地 ILR之间没有直接连接时 ,需要通过中继 ILR( Broke ILR ) 中继, S15 (图中未示出)是映射转发平面内各 ILR间的信令接口, 用 于查询和维护 AID-RID映射信息, 以及映射转发平面内的路由信息交互。  When there is no direct connection between the visited ILR and the home ILR, it is required to relay the ILR (Broke ILR) relay, and S15 (not shown) is a signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane for querying. And maintaining AID-RID mapping information, and mapping routing information in the forwarding plane.
另外, P-GW和广义转发平面之间的数据接口的报文格式, S-GW和 P-GW 之间的数据接口的报文格式与实施例一相同。 In addition, the packet format of the data interface between the P-GW and the generalized forwarding plane, S-GW and P-GW The message format of the data interface between the two is the same as that of the first embodiment.
P-GW和 S-GW之间的信令接口 S5 , S-GW与 MME之间的信令接口 SI 1 之间需要增加上述模块功能描述中在 P-GW与 MME之间传递的信令, 这里 不再——描述。  The signaling interface S5 between the P-GW and the S-GW, and the signaling interface SI1 between the S-GW and the MME need to increase the signaling transmitted between the P-GW and the MME in the function description of the foregoing module. No longer here - description.
下面将对网络具体运作方式进行说明, 包括如下主要的处理: 终端开机 接入网络的处理, 终端位置更新和登记注册的处理, 终端通信的处理, 终端 切换的处理, 终端离线的处理。 以下逐一进行说明: The following describes the specific operation mode of the network, including the following main processes: terminal power-on access network processing, terminal location update and registration processing, terminal communication processing, terminal switching processing, and terminal offline processing. The following is explained one by one:
( 1 )终端接入网络的处理  (1) Processing of terminal access network
图 7是本发明在图 3a系统的基础上,用户初始接入进行会话建立过程流 程图。 该实施例中, 终端 AID可以在终端上进行配置, 也可以归属用户服务 器进行签约。 具体步骤描述如下:  Figure 7 is a flow chart of the process of establishing a session for initial user access based on the system of Figure 3a. In this embodiment, the terminal AID may be configured on the terminal, or may be subscribed to the user server. The specific steps are described as follows:
步骤 701 , 用户在进行通信前与无线侧网元建立无线资源控制 (Radio Resource Control, RRC )连接作为信令消息或者业务数据的承载;  Step 701: The user establishes a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection with the radio side network element as a signaling message or a bearer of service data before performing communication.
步骤 702, 用户发送初始化 NAS消息进行附着操作;  Step 702: The user sends an initial NAS message to perform an attach operation.
如果由终端配置 AID信息, 则需在该步 NAS消息中携带 AID信息。 步骤 703 , 无线侧网元通过初始的用户消息转发 NAS消息至 MME; 步骤 704, MME开启鉴权以及安全流程, 对用户进行验证;  If the AID information is configured by the terminal, the AID information needs to be carried in the NAS message. Step 703: The radio side network element forwards the NAS message to the MME by using an initial user message. Step 704: The MME starts the authentication and the security process, and performs verification on the user.
步骤 705, MME请求 HSS进行位置更新, HSS向 MME回应位置更新响 应;  Step 705: The MME requests the HSS to perform location update, and the HSS responds to the MME with a location update response.
如果通过签约获取 AID信息, 则该位置更新响应消息中携带终端签约的 AID信息。  If the AID information is obtained by signing, the location update response message carries the AID information signed by the terminal.
步骤 706 , MME对终端的 AID信息进行保存;  Step 706: The MME saves the AID information of the terminal.
步骤 707, MME向 S-GW发送会话建立请求;接收到 MME发送的消息, S-GW将会话建立请求消息发送给 P-GW, 携带终端的 AID;  Step 707, the MME sends a session establishment request to the S-GW; the message sent by the MME is received, and the S-GW sends a session establishment request message to the P-GW, which carries the AID of the terminal;
步骤 708, P-GW为终端分配 RID并保存该终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 向 S-GW回复会话建立响应, 携带分配的 RID信息; 然后 S-GW向 MME发 送会话建立响应, 携带分配的 RID信息; Step 708: The P-GW allocates the RID to the terminal and saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, and returns a session establishment response to the S-GW, and carries the allocated RID information. Then the S-GW sends the information to the MME. Send a session establishment response, carrying the assigned RID information;
步骤 709 , MME向无线侧网元发起初始上下文建立请求。  Step 709: The MME initiates an initial context setup request to the radio side network element.
步骤 710, 执行 RRC连接配置过程;  Step 710: Perform an RRC connection configuration process.
步骤 711 , 无线侧网元回复 MME初始上下文建立响应;  Step 711: The wireless side network element replies to the MME initial context establishment response.
步骤 712, 终端向无线侧网元发送直传消息, 包括附着完成信息; 步骤 713 , 无线侧网元向 MME发送附着完成消息;  Step 712: The terminal sends a direct transmission message to the radio side network element, including the attach completion information. Step 713: The radio side network element sends an attach complete message to the MME.
步骤 714, MME向 S-GW请求更新承载;  Step 714: The MME requests an update bearer from the S-GW.
步骤 715, S-GW向 P-GW发送承载更新请求, 然后, P-GW向 S-GW回 应承载更新响应;  Step 715: The S-GW sends a bearer update request to the P-GW, and then the P-GW returns a bearer update response to the S-GW.
步骤 716, S-GW回应 MME承载更新响应消息;  Step 716: The S-GW responds to the MME bearer update response message.
步骤 717, MME收到 RID信息后 , 通知 ILR保存该终端 AID-RID映射 信息。 ILR回复 MME确认响应。 该步可以在步骤 709之后进行。  Step 717: After receiving the RID information, the MME notifies the ILR to save the terminal AID-RID mapping information. The ILR replies to the MME confirmation response. This step can be performed after step 709.
以上过程在现有 EPS的附着过程基础上, 增加了 MME通知 ILR更新终 端 AID-RID映射信息的步骤 717, 另外在之前的步骤, 需由终端或 HSS将终 端的 AID发送到 MME, 再带到 P-GW, 由 P-GW为终端分配 RID并返回到  The above process adds the step 717 of the MME notifying the ILR to update the terminal AID-RID mapping information on the basis of the existing EPS attachment process. In addition, in the previous step, the terminal or the HSS needs to send the terminal AID to the MME, and then to the MME. P-GW, the P-GW allocates the RID to the terminal and returns to
( 2 )终端切换的处理 (2) Handling of terminal switching
当终端位置发生变化, 需要接入到新的 P-GW即发生的跨 P-GW的切换 时, 在切出一侧, 切出 MME向切入 MME请求切换, 收到响应后通知终端 切换, 终端切出后通知 P-GW; 在切入一侧, 切入 MME收到切换请求后通知 无线接入网为该终端分配无线资源, 通知 P-GW为该终端分配 RID, 向切出 MME返回切换响应, 在切换完成后通知切出 MME。  When the terminal location changes and needs to be switched to the new P-GW, that is, the handover occurs across the P-GW, on the cut-out side, the cut-out MME requests the handover to the MME, and notifies the terminal to switch after receiving the response. After the cut-out, the P-GW is notified; on the cut-in side, after the MME receives the handover request, the MME is notified to the radio access network to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the P-GW is notified to allocate the RID to the terminal, and returns a handover response to the cut-out MME. The MME is notified to be cut out after the handover is completed.
在切换过程中, 终端与通信对端的通信关系信息的传递、 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息的传递, 通知对端 P-GW终端 RID更新等将由 MME之间 的接口来完成, 上文中已有描述, 这里不再重复。  In the handover process, the transmission of the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, the transmission of the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, the notification of the RID update of the peer P-GW terminal, etc., will be completed by the interface between the MMEs, as described above. Description, not repeated here.
在终端开始切换后, 切出 P-GW将收到的通信对端发送给该终端的数据 报文转发给切入 P-GW。 After the terminal starts the handover, the data sent by the P-GW to the received communication peer to the terminal is cut out. The message is forwarded to the cut-in P-GW.
( 3 )终端通信的处理 (3) Processing of terminal communication
本实施例 P-GW对数据报文的发送方法与实施例一相同, 只是 P-GW获 取的新的终端与通信对端的通信关系信息可以发送到 MME保存。  In this embodiment, the P-GW sends the data packet in the same manner as in the first embodiment, except that the communication relationship between the new terminal and the communication peer obtained by the P-GW can be sent to the MME for storage.
( 4 )终端离线的处理 (4) Terminal offline processing
图 8是本发明在图 3a系统的基础上,用户离线时进行会话释放过程流程 图。 该实施例中, 由终端发起会话释放过程, 具体步骤描述如下:  FIG. 8 is a flow chart showing the process of releasing a session when a user is offline, based on the system of FIG. 3a. In this embodiment, the session release process is initiated by the terminal, and specific steps are described as follows:
步骤 801 , 终端发送离线请求消息经无线侧网元传送至 MME;  Step 801: The terminal sends an offline request message to the MME via the wireless side network element.
步骤 802, MME发送会话删除请求给 S-GW, 以便去激活该终端的承载 信息。 S-GW向 MME回应会话删除响应消息;  Step 802: The MME sends a session deletion request to the S-GW to deactivate the bearer information of the terminal. The S-GW responds to the MME with a session deletion response message;
步骤 803 , S-GW请求 P-GW进行会话删除,删除终端的所有承载。 P-GW 回复删除会话响应消息;  Step 803: The S-GW requests the P-GW to delete the session and delete all bearers of the terminal. The P-GW replies with a delete session response message;
步骤 804, P-GW释放本地緩存的该终端 AID-RID信息、 该终端与对端 的通信关系。 同时, 对于该终端的通信对端 AID, P-GW检查本地是否存在 其它终端与该通信对端存在着通信关系, 若不再存在, 则释放该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  Step 804: The P-GW releases the locally cached AID-RID information of the terminal, and the communication relationship between the terminal and the peer end. At the same time, for the communication peer AID of the terminal, the P-GW checks whether there is another local terminal and has a communication relationship with the communication peer. If it no longer exists, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released;
步骤 805, MME向 ILR注销该终端, ILR删除 AID-RID映射信息或将其 置为无效, 回复响应; 该步骤可以在步骤 801之后执行。  Step 805: The MME cancels the terminal to the ILR, and the ILR deletes the AID-RID mapping information or invalidates the response, and replies to the response; the step may be performed after step 801.
步骤 806, MME发起终端信息释放过程。 MME将终端离线通知(可以 是删除该终端的请求 )传送给对端 MME和 P-GW, 携带该终端 AID, 对端回 复响应;  Step 806: The MME initiates a terminal information release process. The MME transmits the terminal offline notification (which may be a request to delete the terminal) to the peer MME and the P-GW, and carries the terminal AID, and the peer responds;
步骤 807 ,对端 MME和 P-GW删除本地緩存中该终端的相关信息,如该 终端的 AID-RID信息、 该终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 及对该终端通信 对端的 AID-RID信息进行维护;  Step 807: The peer MME and the P-GW delete the related information of the terminal in the local cache, such as the AID-RID information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer, and the AID-RID information of the communication peer end of the terminal. Carry out maintenance;
步骤 808 , MME向终端发送离线接受消息。 步骤 809, MME发送连接释放信令给无线侧网元, 对无线侧信息进行释 放。 Step 808: The MME sends an offline accept message to the terminal. Step 809: The MME sends a connection release signaling to the radio side network element, and releases the wireless side information.
与实施例一相比, 通知 ILR注销终端, 以及将删除该终端的请求传送给 对端的操作改由 MME完成。 说明终端离线的处理流程。 在 MME发起的会话释放以及 P-GW发起的默认 承载释放的情况下, 终端离线处理方式与现有的会话或承载释放的信令流程 基本相同, 但是需要以 AID信息作为终端的用户身份标识, 且增加上述步骤 804至 807对 AID、 RID的处理, 在此不再重复描述。  Compared with the first embodiment, the ILR is notified to cancel the terminal, and the operation of transmitting the request for deleting the terminal to the peer is changed by the MME. Explain the processing flow of the terminal offline. In the case of the session release initiated by the MME and the release of the default bearer initiated by the P-GW, the offline processing mode of the terminal is basically the same as the signaling process of the existing session or bearer release, but the AID information needs to be used as the user identity of the terminal. The processing of the AID and the RID in the above steps 804 to 807 is added, and the description is not repeated here.
本实施例体现了釆用 MME之间接口实现通知通信对端维护终端信息, 终端切换过程中切出侧与切入侧传送终端信息的功能。 如果 P-GW之间存在 接口, 则可以得到本实施例的两个变例, 分别釆用以下方法实现: This embodiment embodies the function of notifying the communication peer end maintenance terminal information by using the interface between the MMEs, and the function of transmitting the terminal information on the cut-out side and the cut-in side in the terminal switching process. If there is an interface between the P-GWs, two variants of the embodiment can be obtained, which are respectively implemented by the following methods:
第一变例  First variant
由 P-GW间接口来实现通知通信对端 P-GW维护终端信息 (如终端 RID 更新通知, 终端离线通知等) , 终端切换过程中切出 P-GW与切入 P-GW传 送通信对端 AID-RID映射信息的功能, 则 MME上的离线处理模块和切换控 制模块的相应功能将在 P-GW的模块中进行实现, 但 MME仍需通过 S10接 口在终端切换过程中向切入 MME传递该终端与通信对端的通信关系, 由 P-GW之间的接口来实现 S 10接口的其他功能。  The P-GW interface is used to notify the communication peer P-GW to maintain terminal information (such as terminal RID update notification, terminal offline notification, etc.), and the P-GW and the P-GW are switched to transmit the communication AID in the terminal handover process. The function of the -RID mapping information, the corresponding functions of the offline processing module and the handover control module on the MME will be implemented in the P-GW module, but the MME still needs to transmit the terminal to the hand-in MME through the S10 interface during the terminal handover process. The communication relationship with the communication peer, the other functions of the S 10 interface are implemented by the interface between the P-GWs.
在该变例中, 通知对端 P-GW终端 RID更新将作为 P-GW中切换处理模 块的功能, 可选的, 该切换处理模块在终端切出时将直接向切入 P-GW传送 该终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息。 而通知对端 P-GW终端离线的功能由 P-GW的离线处理模块来完成。  In this variant, the peer P-GW terminal RID update is notified as a function of the handover processing module in the P-GW. Optionally, the handover processing module directly transmits the terminal to the handover P-GW when the terminal is cut out. AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer. The function of notifying the peer P-GW terminal to go offline is performed by the offline processing module of the P-GW.
第二变例  Second variant
由 P-GW间接口来实现通知通信对端 P-GW维护终端信息, 终端移动过 程中终端移出与移入的 P-GW之间传送通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息及该终 端与通信对端的通信关系信息的功能, 则 MME上的离线处理模块和切换控 制模块的相应功能将在 P-GW中进行实现。 并且由 P-GW之间的接口来实现 S10接口的功能, 此时 MME上可以不设连接维护模块。 The P-GW interface is used to notify the communication peer P-GW to maintain the terminal information, and the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer and the communication between the terminal and the communication peer are transmitted between the terminal moving out and the P-GW moved in the terminal moving process. The function of the relationship information, the offline processing module and the switching control on the MME The corresponding functions of the module will be implemented in the P-GW. And the function of the S10 interface is implemented by the interface between the P-GWs. At this time, the connection maintenance module may not be provided on the MME.
在该变例中, 通知对端 P-GW终端 RID更新将作为 P-GW中切换处理模 块的功能, 可选的, 该切换处理模块在终端切出时将直接向切入 P-GW传送 该终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 并可直接向切入 P-GW传送终端与通 信对端的通信关系信息。 而通知对端 P-GW终端离线的功能由 P-GW的离线 处理模块来完成, P-GW 中的离线处理模块据此确定通信对端离线, 并要将 该终端离线的通知转发到 MME。  In this variant, the peer P-GW terminal RID update is notified as a function of the handover processing module in the P-GW. Optionally, the handover processing module directly transmits the terminal to the handover P-GW when the terminal is cut out. The AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end can be directly transmitted to the P-GW. The function of notifying the peer P-GW terminal that the offline is performed is performed by the offline processing module of the P-GW. The offline processing module in the P-GW determines that the communication peer is offline, and forwards the offline notification of the terminal to the MME.
在实施例二的基础上, 还可以得到其他的变例, 如 MME上也可以增加 一映射管理模块, 用于保存和维护通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, P-GW在 更新本地的该映射信息时实时或定时地与 MME同步, 该映射管理模块可以 根据切出侧传递来的终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息和对端的终端 RID更 新通知保存和更新该映射信息, 并与 P-GW中的该映射信息同步。  On the basis of the second embodiment, other variants can be obtained. For example, a mapping management module can be added to the MME to save and maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer, and the P-GW updates the local mapping. The information is synchronized with the MME in real time or periodically. The mapping management module can save and update the mapping information according to the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal communication peer end transmitted by the cut-out side and the terminal RID update notification of the peer end, and interact with the P-GW. The mapping information in the synchronization is synchronized.
实施例三 Embodiment 3
本实施例基于 EPS系统架构实现的 SILSN架构如图 4a和 4b所示, 图中 给出了本架构网络的主要网元及各网元之间的连接接口。 P-GW与 ILR之间 不存在信令接口, MME与 ILR之间存在信令接口。  The SILSN architecture implemented in this embodiment based on the EPS system architecture is shown in Figures 4a and 4b. The figure shows the main network elements of the architecture network and the connection interfaces between the network elements. There is no signaling interface between the P-GW and the ILR, and there is a signaling interface between the MME and the ILR.
SILSN架构的接入网部分主要由 EPS系统中的无线接入网实现, EPS系 统中的 S-GW和升级后的 P-GW、 MME共同实现 ASN要完成的功能。 同时, 增加了与 p_GW之间具有接口的 PTF实体、 ISN等网元, 及与 MME之间存 在信令接口的 ILR。 这些网元为逻辑网元, 在物理实体上可以与现有的网元 合设, 广义转发平面由支持 RID路由的分组交换网络实现。  The access network part of the SILSN architecture is mainly implemented by the radio access network in the EPS system. The S-GW in the EPS system and the upgraded P-GW and MME jointly implement the functions to be completed by the ASN. At the same time, a PTF entity having an interface with the p_GW, a network element such as an ISN, and an ILR having a signaling interface with the MME are added. These network elements are logical network elements, which can be combined with existing network elements on a physical entity. The generalized forwarding plane is implemented by a packet switched network that supports RID routing.
本实施例中, ILR与 P-GW之间没有接口 , P-GW需要通过 MME向 ILR 查询终端的 RID , MME则增加了查询通信对端 ILR的功能。  In this embodiment, there is no interface between the ILR and the P-GW. The P-GW needs to query the ILR of the RID of the terminal through the MME, and the MME adds the function of querying the ILR of the communication peer.
其中:  among them:
P-GW用于为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配指向本 P-GW的 RID, 维 护终端和通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发。 P-GW包括 RID分配模块、 连接维护模块、 映射管理模块、 离线处理模 块和报文转发模块等与实现终端的身份标识与位置分离相关的功能模块, 还 具有在 EPS系统原有的其他功能模块。 其中, 位置标识分配模块、 连接维护 模块、 离线处理模块和映射管理模块的功能与实施例二中的相应模块相同。 报文转发模块与实施例二中的报文转发模块的功能基本相同, 只是在查询通 信对端 RID 时, 是请求 MME进行查询, 携带该通信对端的 AID, 并接收 MME返回的查询结果。 The P-GW is configured to provide an access service for the terminal, allocate the RID to the P-GW, maintain the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, and implement routing and forwarding of the data packet. The P-GW includes a RID distribution module, a connection maintenance module, a mapping management module, an offline processing module, and a message forwarding module, and the like, and functions modules related to implementing identity identification and location separation of the terminal, and other functional modules originally in the EPS system. . The functions of the location identifier assignment module, the connection maintenance module, the offline processing module, and the mapping management module are the same as the corresponding modules in the second embodiment. The packet forwarding module has the same function as the packet forwarding module in the second embodiment. When the communication peer RID is queried, the MME is requested to query, carry the AID of the communication peer, and receive the query result returned by the MME.
MME用于与归属用户服务器配合完成对终端的认证, 到 ILR注册、 注 销及查询终端的 RID , 与其他 MME配合实现终端跨 P-GW的切换。  The MME is configured to cooperate with the home subscriber server to complete the authentication of the terminal, and to the ILR to register, cancel, and query the RID of the terminal, and cooperate with other MMEs to implement handover of the terminal across the P-GW.
本实施例中, MME包括注册注销模块、 连接维护模块、 离线处理模块和 切换控制模块等实现终端的身份标识与位置分离相关的功能模块, 还具有在 EPS 系统原有的其他功能模块。 其中, 注册注销模块、 连接维护模块、 离线 处理模块和移动控制模块与实施例二中的相应模块功能相同, 另外新增了映 射查询模块: 用于在收到查询请求后根据通信对端 AID向该通信对端归属地 ILR 查询对应的 RID , 将查询到的通信对端的 AID-RID 映射信息返回给 P-GW。  In this embodiment, the MME includes a registration cancellation module, a connection maintenance module, an offline processing module, and a handover control module, and the like, and functions modules related to the identity separation and location separation of the terminal, and other functional modules originally in the EPS system. The registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, the offline processing module, and the mobile control module have the same functions as the corresponding modules in the second embodiment, and a mapping query module is newly added: for receiving the query request according to the communication peer AID direction The RID corresponding to the ILR query of the communication peer end is returned to the P-GW by the AID-RID mapping information of the queried communication peer.
身份位置寄存器( ILR )、分组转发功能( PTF )实体和互联服务节点( ISN ) 在结构和功能上可以与实施例二相同, 这里不再赘述。  The identity location register (ILR), the packet forwarding function (PTF) entity, and the interconnection service node (ISN) may be the same in structure and function as the second embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
如图 4a所示,本架构中与实现终端的身份标识与位置分离相关的主要涉 及的接口包括: As shown in FIG. 4a, the main interfaces involved in implementing identity and location separation of the terminal in the architecture include:
S10接口是 MME之间的信令接口, 功能与实施二 S10接口相同。  The S10 interface is the signaling interface between the MMEs and has the same function as the implementation of the S10 interface.
D13是 P-GW与 ISN间的数据接口, 格式与实施例二的 D13接口相同。  D13 is a data interface between the P-GW and the ISN, and the format is the same as the D13 interface of the second embodiment.
S14是 MME与 ILR间的信令接口, 主要用于注册、 注销和查询终端的 AID-RID映射信息。在非漫游场景中, S14为 MME与归属地 ILR( Home ILR ) 之间的接口; 在漫游场景中 (如图 4b ) , S14为 MME与拜访地 ILR ( Visited ILR )之间的接口。 S14 is a signaling interface between the MME and the ILR, and is mainly used for registering, deregistering, and querying AID-RID mapping information of the terminal. In the non-roaming scenario, S14 is an interface between the MME and the home ILR (Home ILR); in the roaming scenario (Fig. 4b), S14 is an interface between the MME and the visited ILR (the visited ILR).
D14是 P-GW与 PTF实体间的数据接口,格式与实施例二的 D14接口相 同。 D14 is a data interface between the P-GW and the PTF entity, and the format is the same as the D14 interface of the second embodiment. Same.
P-GW和广义转发平面之间的数据接口的报文格式, S-GW和 P-GW之间 的数据接口的报文格式与实施例二相同, 映射转发平面内各 ILR间的信令接 口 S15 (图中未示出 ) 的功能与实施例二相同。 The packet format of the data interface between the P-GW and the generalized forwarding plane, and the format of the data interface between the S-GW and the P-GW is the same as that of the second embodiment, and the signaling interface between the ILRs in the forwarding plane is mapped. The function of S15 (not shown) is the same as that of the second embodiment.
P-GW和 S-GW之间的信令接口 S5 , S-GW与 MME之间的信令接口 SI 1 之间相对实施例二还要增加查询通信对端 RID的相关信令。  The signaling interface between the P-GW and the S-GW, S5, and the signaling interface SI1 between the S-GW and the MME, in addition to the second embodiment, also adds related signaling for querying the RID of the communication peer.
在图 4a系统的基础上本实施例终端接入网络的处理、终端切换的处理及 终端离线的处理与实施例二一致, 不会对阐述本发明造成影响, 故在此不再 累述。 在终端通信的处理中, 本实施例与实施例二的差别在于 P-GW获取通 信对端的 RID的方式。 在本实施例中, P-GW获取 AID-RID映射信息的方式 为: P-GW向 MME请求查询通信对端的 RID, MME向该通信对端归属地 ILR 进行相应查询 ,该 ILR将该通信对端 AID-RID映射信息经 MME传送至 P-GW。 On the basis of the system of FIG. 4a, the processing of the terminal access network, the processing of the terminal handover, and the processing of the terminal offline are the same as those of the second embodiment, and will not affect the description of the present invention, and therefore will not be described here. In the processing of the terminal communication, the difference between this embodiment and the second embodiment lies in the manner in which the P-GW acquires the RID of the communication peer. In this embodiment, the manner in which the P-GW obtains the AID-RID mapping information is: the P-GW requests the MME to query the RID of the communication peer, and the MME queries the ILR of the communication peer, and the ILR pairs the communication. The terminal AID-RID mapping information is transmitted to the P-GW via the MME.
本实施例体现了釆用 MME之间接口实现通知通信对端维护终端信息, 终端切换过程中切出侧与切入侧传送终端信息的功能。 如果 P-GW之间存在 接口, 也可以得到本实施例的两个变例, 这两个变例相对于实施例二的变化 与实施例二的两个变例相对于实施例二的变化相同, 在此不再赘述。  This embodiment embodies the function of notifying the communication peer end maintenance terminal information by using the interface between the MMEs, and the function of transmitting the terminal information on the cut-out side and the cut-in side in the terminal switching process. If there is an interface between the P-GWs, two variants of the embodiment can also be obtained. The changes of the two variants with respect to the second embodiment are the same as the changes of the second embodiment with respect to the second embodiment. , will not repeat them here.
应说明的是, 本发明基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现身份标识 与位置分离架构的通信系统的方案中, 所基于的控制面与媒体面分离的网络 架构并不局限于 EPS系统架构, 对于其他具有类似的控制面与媒体面分离的 网络架构, 也可以适用。 It should be noted that, in the solution of the communication system in which the control plane and the media plane are separated, the control plane and the media plane are separated, the network architecture based on the control plane and the media plane is not limited to the EPS system architecture. For other network architectures with similar control plane and media plane separation, it can also be applied.
所述类似的控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构包括连接在无线接入网和分 组数据网络之间的接入网关, 以及与接入网关和无线接入网相连的移动性管 理节点, 网元之间相连是指网元之间具有信令和 /或数据接口。 移动性管理节 一个网元或多个网元或一个网元中的一部分, 移动性管理节点和接入网关的 功能如下: 移动性管理节点负责终端的移动性管理、 非接入层信令的处理和用户移 动管理上下文的管理等控制面的相关工作; The similar control plane and media plane separate network architecture includes an access gateway connected between the radio access network and the packet data network, and a mobility management node connected to the access gateway and the radio access network, the network element Interconnection means that there are signaling and/or data interfaces between network elements. The mobility management section is a network element or a plurality of network elements or a part of a network element. The functions of the mobility management node and the access gateway are as follows: The mobility management node is responsible for the control plane, such as mobility management of the terminal, processing of non-access stratum signaling, and management of the user mobility management context;
接入网关是连接无线接入网和分组数据网络的网关设备, 用于负责为终 端提供接入服务, 及在无线接入网与分组数据网络间转发数据等功能。  The access gateway is a gateway device that connects the radio access network and the packet data network, and is responsible for providing access services for the terminal and forwarding data between the radio access network and the packet data network.
在上述实施例中,接入节点的功能由演进的分组系统 (EPS)网络架构中的 服务网关和分组数据网络网关实现, 移动性管理节点为由 EPS网络架构中的 移动性管理实体, 无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 In the above embodiment, the function of the access node is implemented by a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway in an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture, and the wireless connection Network access is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network
(E-UTRAN)。 但在其他实施例中, 这种对应也可以不同。 例如接入节点的功 能也可以由超移动宽带 (Ultra Mobile Broadband, UMB ) 系统的接入网关 ( Access GateWay, AGW ) 实现, 移动性管理节点可以是 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN)如 S4 SGSN或超移动宽带 ( Ultra Mobile Broadband, UMB ) 系统的会话引用网络控制器(Session Reference Network Controller, SRNC ) , 无线接入网也可以是通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网(UTRAN ) 或超移动宽带无线接入系统等等。 (E-UTRAN). However, in other embodiments, this correspondence may also be different. For example, the function of the access node can also be implemented by an Access Gateway (AGW) of an Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) system, and the mobility management node can be a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system. S4 SGSN or Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) system Session Reference Network Controller (SRNC), the radio access network can also be a universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) or super Mobile broadband wireless access systems and more.
此外, 为了简化描述, 以上所有实施例仅以图 2a、 3a、 4a终端非漫游的 情况为例来说明系统身份标识和位置分离的处理过程。 在终端进行漫游的情 况下 (如图 2b、 3b、 4b ) , 系统进行身份标识和位置分离的处理方式与上述 实施例基本相同, 只是 P-GW或 ΜΜΕ需要通过拜访地 ILR ( Visited ILR )或 拜访地 ILR ( Visited ILR )和中继 ILR ( Broke ILR )访问归属地 ILR, 归属地 ILR按终端发送信令的路径向该终端返回信令。 故在此不再重复描述。  In addition, in order to simplify the description, all the above embodiments illustrate the process of system identity identification and location separation only by taking the case of the terminal non-roaming of FIG. 2a, 3a, 4a as an example. In the case that the terminal performs roaming (as shown in FIG. 2b, 3b, 4b), the system performs the identity identification and location separation processing in the same manner as the above embodiment, except that the P-GW or the ΜΜΕ needs to pass the visited ILR (Visited ILR) or The visited ILR (Accessed ILR) and the relay ILR (Broke ILR) access the home ILR, and the home ILR returns signaling to the terminal according to the path in which the terminal sends signaling. Therefore, the description will not be repeated here.
以上实施例中, RID可以为 P-GW的 IP地址。 AID可以配置在终端上, 也可以在签约后配置在归属用户服务器上, 作为终端的用户身份标识, 如, IPV6/IPV4地址或 IMSI或临时标识或 NAI, 也可以区别于现有终端的用户身 份标识。 如果格式不同, 原系统中的网元可以使用与为终端分配的 AID对应 的用户身份标识作为终端的 AID , 由 P-GW或 MME进行格式转换。  In the above embodiment, the RID may be an IP address of the P-GW. The AID can be configured on the terminal or configured on the home subscriber server after the subscription. The user identity of the terminal, such as the IPV6/IPV4 address or IMSI or temporary identifier or NAI, can also be distinguished from the existing terminal user identity. Logo. If the format is different, the network element in the original system can use the user identity corresponding to the AID assigned to the terminal as the AID of the terminal, and the format conversion is performed by the P-GW or the MME.
在其他实施例中, P-GW可以与 S-GW合为一个接入网元, 此时, 上述 实施例中不需要存在 S-GW和 P-GW之间的接口, 且所有与 S-GW和 P-GW 之间的网元将与该接入网元进行接口。 系统的网元功能、接口(除了 S5口)、 流程与上述实施例一致, 在此不再详述。 显然, 本领域的技术人员应该明白, 上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可 以用通用的计算装置来实现, 它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上, 或者分布 在多个计算装置所组成的网络上, 可选地, 它们可以用计算装置可执行的程 序代码来实现, 从而, 可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行, 或 者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块, 或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制 作成单个集成电路模块来实现。 这样, 本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软 件结合。 In other embodiments, the P-GW may be combined with the S-GW as an access network element. In this case, the interface between the S-GW and the P-GW does not need to exist in the foregoing embodiment, and all the interfaces are associated with the S-GW. The network element between the P-GW and the P-GW will interface with the access NE. The network element functions and interfaces of the system (except the S5 port) and the process are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be described in detail here. Obviously, those skilled in the art should understand that the above modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device, which can be concentrated on a single computing device or distributed over a network composed of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device, or they may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or they may be Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已, 并不用于限制本发明, 对于本 领域的技术人员来说, 本发明可以有各种更改和变化。 凡在本发明的精神和 原则之内, 所作的任何修改、 等同替换、 改进等, 均应包含在本发明的保护 范围之内。  The above description is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
工业实用性 本发明在基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的身份标识与位置分 离的通信网络中, 实现了对身份标识与位置分离的终端的资源释放。 Industrial Applicability The present invention realizes resource release of a terminal separated from an identity and a location in a communication network based on identity and location separation implemented by a network architecture in which a control plane and a media plane are separated.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim
1、 一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的身份标识 (AID)与位 置分离的通信网络, 包括无线接入网, 接入节点, 及与接入节点和无线接入 网连接的移动性管理节点, 所述通信网络还包括:  1. A communication network based on a network architecture separated by a control plane and a media plane, and comprising a radio access network, an access node, and an access node and a radio access network. The mobility management node, the communication network further includes:
与所述接入节点连接的身份位置寄存器 (ILR), 及支持按位置标识 (RID) 路由和转发数据报文的分组数据网络, 所述接入节点连接在无线接入网和分 组数据网络之间, 其中:  An identity location register (ILR) coupled to the access node, and a packet data network supporting routing and forwarding of data messages by location identification (RID), the access node being connected to the radio access network and the packet data network Between, where:
所述接入节点设置为: 为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配 RID, 维护终 端和通信对端的身份标识与位置标识 (AID-RID)映射信息, 到终端归属地 ILR 注册、 注销和查询终端的 RID, 实现数据^艮文的路由和转发, 以及与所述接 入节点之外的其他接入节点配合实现终端跨接入节点的切换;  The access node is configured to: provide an access service for the terminal, allocate an RID to the terminal, and maintain identity information and location identification (AID-RID) mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer end, and register, log out, and query the terminal to the terminal home location ILR. RID, implementing routing and forwarding of data, and cooperating with other access nodes other than the access node to implement handover of the terminal across the access node;
所述 ILR设置为: 接收对本 ILR归属用户终端的注册和注销请求, 对归 属用户终端的 AID-RID映射信息进行维护,以及收到对终端 RID的查询请求 后, 将所述查询请求中包含的该终端 AID所对应的 RID返回给查询请求方。  The ILR is configured to: receive a registration and deregistration request for the ILR home subscriber terminal, perform maintenance on the AID-RID mapping information of the home subscriber terminal, and receive the query request for the terminal RID, and include the query request The RID corresponding to the terminal AID is returned to the query requester.
2、 如权利要求 1所述的通信网络, 其中,  2. The communication network according to claim 1, wherein
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 实现, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系 统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信 系统陆地无线接入网(E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN); 或者  The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the mobility management The node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system, the radio access network being an evolved universal mobile communication system Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN); or
所述接入节点的功能由超移动宽带系统的接入网关实现, 所述移动性管 理节点为超移动宽带系统的会话引用网络控制器, 所述无线接入网为超移动 宽带无线接入系统。  The function of the access node is implemented by an access gateway of an ultra mobile broadband system, the mobility management node is a session reference network controller of an ultra mobile broadband system, and the radio access network is an ultra mobile broadband wireless access system. .
3、 如权利要求 1所述的通信网络, 其中,  3. The communication network according to claim 1, wherein
所述通信网络还包括与所述接入节点连接的互联服务节点 (ISN) , 该互联 服务节点是该通信网络与传统 IP网络的分界节点, 所述 ISN设置为: 查询、 维护该通信网络终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 封装、 路由和转发该通信网络与 传统 IP网络之间往来的数据 ^艮文, 实现网络之间的互联互通功能。 The communication network further includes an interconnection service node (ISN) connected to the access node, where the interconnection service node is a demarcation node of the communication network and the traditional IP network, and the ISN is set to: query and maintain the communication network terminal AID-RID mapping information, encapsulation, routing and forwarding of the communication network with The data between the traditional IP networks is used to realize the interconnection and intercommunication between networks.
4、 如权利要求 1所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述接入节点包括:  4. The communication network of claim 1, wherein the access node comprises:
RID分配模块, 设置为: 在终端请求接入或终端切入的过程中为终端分 配 RID, 将该终端 AID和分配的 RID发送到注册注销模块和连接维护模块; 注册注销模块, 设置为: 在收到终端 AID和为该终端分配的 RID后, 请 求该终端归属地 ILR对该终端的 RID进行注册, 携带终端的 AID和 RID;  The RID allocation module is configured to: allocate a RID to the terminal in the process of requesting access or terminal handover, and send the terminal AID and the allocated RID to the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module; and register the logout module, set to: After the terminal AID and the RID assigned to the terminal, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to register the RID of the terminal, carrying the AID and RID of the terminal;
连接维护模块, 设置为: 保存终端的连接信息, 包括终端的 AID-RID映 射信息及终端与通信对端的通信关系信息,或包括终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 终端与通信对端的通信关系信息及通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 在终端移 出后删除该终端的连接信息;  The connection maintenance module is configured to: save the connection information of the terminal, including the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, or include the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, and AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; deleting the connection information of the terminal after the terminal moves out;
映射管理模块, 设置为: 保存通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息; 以及 报文转发模块, 设置为: 收到上行数据报文后从映射管理模块或 ILR查 询到通信对端 RID , 和终端 RID—起封装在数据报文中, 路由并转发到对端 接入节点, 以及将下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下行数据报文中的 RID后 发送给终端。  The mapping management module is configured to: save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer; and the message forwarding module, set to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID— The packet is encapsulated in a data packet, and is forwarded to the peer access node, and the downlink data packet is decapsulated. The RID in the downlink data packet is stripped and sent to the terminal.
5、 如权利要求 4所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述报文转发模块包括第一转 发单元和第二转发单元, 其中:  5. The communication network of claim 4, wherein the message forwarding module comprises a first forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, wherein:
所述第一转发单元设置为: 在收到包含终端和通信对端 AID的上行数据 文后, 如在映射管理模块查询到通信对端的 RID, 将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源地址、 目的地址封装在数据报文中, 经广义转发平面路由并转发 到对端接入节点; 如未查询到通信对端的 RID, 则到该终端归属地 ILR查询 通信对端的 RID, 将查询到的通信对端的 AID-RID需发送到映射管理模块保 存;  The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data file including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and uses the RID of the terminal and the communication peer as the source address and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is routed through the generalized forwarding plane and forwarded to the peer access node. If the RID of the communication peer is not queried, the IRR of the terminal is queried to the RID of the communication peer, and the queried communication pair is queried. The AID-RID of the end needs to be sent to the mapping management module for storage;
所述第二转发单元设置为: 对收到的下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下 行数据 ^艮文中的 RID后, 通过与终端 AID对应的连接发往该终端; 如 ^艮文中 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息在映射管理模块中不存在, 还要将所述映射信 息保存到映射管理模块。  The second forwarding unit is configured to: decapsulate the received downlink data packet, strip the RID in the downlink data, and send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID; The AID-RID mapping information of the terminal does not exist in the mapping management module, and the mapping information is also saved to the mapping management module.
6、 如权利要求 5所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述终端与通信对端的通信关系信息是指终端 AID与通信对端 AID之间 的对应关系信息; 所述第一转发单元还设置为: 判断数据报文中终端 AID与 通信对端 AID的对应关系是否已保存在连接维护模块中, 如没有, 将所述对 应关系保存在连接维护模块中; 6. The communication network according to claim 5, wherein The communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer refers to the correspondence relationship between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID; the first forwarding unit is further configured to: determine the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet Whether the relationship has been saved in the connection maintenance module, if not, save the corresponding relationship in the connection maintenance module;
所述第二转发单元还设置为: 判断数据报文中终端 AID与通信对端 AID 的对应关系是否已保存在连接维护模块中, 如没有, 将所述对应关系保存在 连接维护模块中。  The second forwarding unit is further configured to: determine whether the correspondence between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID in the data packet has been saved in the connection maintenance module, and if not, save the correspondence in the connection maintenance module.
7、 如权利要求 5或 6所述的通信网络, 其中,  7. The communication network according to claim 5 or 6, wherein
所述通信网络还包括与所述接入节点连接的分组转发功能 (PTF)实体, 所 述 PTF实体设置为: 在收到接入节点或其他分组转发功能实体转发的本 PTF 实体归属用户终端发送的数据报文后, 根据通信对端 AID查询到对应的 RID 并封装在报文头后, 将该所封装的数据报文发送到所述通信对端接入的接入 节点;  The communication network further includes a packet forwarding function (PTF) entity connected to the access node, where the PTF entity is configured to: send the home terminal of the PTF entity forwarded by the receiving access node or other packet forwarding function entity After the data packet is sent, the corresponding RID is queried according to the communication peer AID and encapsulated in the packet header, and the encapsulated data packet is sent to the access node accessed by the communication peer;
所述接入节点与 PTF实体间具有数据接口,所述第一转发单元是设置为: 在收到终端发送的上行数据报文后, 如映射管理模块未緩存有通信对端的 RID, 则在该上行数据报文中封装该终端的 RID和该 PTF实体的 RID后传送 到该通信对端归属地 PTF实体, 由该 PTF实体将本 PTF实体的 RID替换为 通信对端的 RID后转发到对端接入节点。  The access node and the PTF entity have a data interface, and the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, The RID of the terminal and the RID of the PTF entity are encapsulated in the uplink data packet and then transmitted to the PTF entity of the communication peer. The PTF entity replaces the RID of the PTF entity with the RID of the communication peer and forwards the packet to the peer end. Into the node.
8、 如权利要求 5或 6所述的通信网络, 其中,  8. The communication network according to claim 5 or 6, wherein
所述第一转发单元是设置为: 在收到终端发送的上行数据报文后, 如映 射管理模块未緩存有通信对端的 RID, 则第一转发单元在查询到通信对端的 RID后, 再将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源地址、 目的地址封装在该上行 数据报文中, 经广义转发平面路由并转发到通信对端接入的接入节点。  The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, the first forwarding unit queries the RID of the communication peer, and then The RID of the terminal and the communication peer is encapsulated in the uplink data packet as a source address and a destination address, and is routed through the generalized forwarding plane and forwarded to the access node accessed by the communication peer.
9、 如权利要求 4所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述接入节点还包括切换控制 模块, 其中:  9. The communication network of claim 4, wherein the access node further comprises a handover control module, wherein:
所述切换控制模块设置为: 对终端跨接入节点切换的控制, 在终端切出 后通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块, 将切换过程中收到的发送给该终端的 数据报文转发给切入接入节点, 终端切入时通知 RID分配模块; 所述连接维护模块还设置为: 在终端切出后删除该终端的连接信息; 所述映射管理模块还设置为: 在获知终端切出时, 删除该终端以及该终 端通信对端中与接入本接入节点的其他终端没有通信关系的通信对端的The switching control module is configured to: control the switching of the terminal across the access node, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module after the terminal is cut out, and forward the data packet sent to the terminal in the handover process to the hand-in The access node notifies the RID allocation module when the terminal cuts in; The connection maintenance module is further configured to: delete the connection information of the terminal after the terminal is cut out; the mapping management module is further configured to: when the terminal is cut out, delete the terminal and the terminal and the communication peer The other terminal of the access node does not have a communication relationship of the communication peer
AID-RID映射信息。 AID-RID mapping information.
10、 如权利要求 9所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述切换控制模块包括切出 控制单元和切入控制单元, 其中:  10. The communication network according to claim 9, wherein the switching control module comprises a cut-out control unit and a cut-in control unit, wherein:
切出控制单元设置为: 实现对终端切出的控制, 在该终端切出后通知连 接维护模块和映射管理模块终端切出; 切换过程中, 将收到的发送给该终端 的数据报文转发给切入接入节点;  The cut-out control unit is configured to: implement control for cutting out the terminal, notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module terminal to cut out after the terminal is cut out; and forward the received data packet sent to the terminal during the handover process. Giving access to the access node;
切入控制单元设置为: 实现对终端切入的控制, 通知 RID分配模块该 终端切入。  The cut-in control unit is set to: implement control of the terminal cut-in, and notify the RID distribution module that the terminal cuts in.
11、 如权利要求 10所述的通信网络, 其中:  11. The communication network of claim 10, wherein:
所述切入控制模块还设置为: 为切入终端分配 RID后, 根据切入终端的 AID到连接维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模 块或映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 从而向所有对端接入 节点发送终端 RID更新通知, 携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息; 或者 所述切入控制模块还设置为: 将为切入终端分配的 RID发送到切出接入 节点的切出控制模块;  The hand-in control module is further configured to: after the RID is assigned to the cut-in terminal, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the cut-in terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then find the connection to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR. The RID of the opposite end of the communication, so that the terminal RID update notification is sent to all the peer access nodes, and the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal is carried; or the hand-in control module is further configured to: send the RID allocated for the cut-in terminal to the cut a cut-out control module of the access node;
所述切出控制模块还设置为: 根据收到切入接入节点为终端分配的 AID 到连接维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或 映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 向所有对端接入节点发送 终端 RID更新通知, 携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息;  The cut-out control module is further configured to: find an AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID received by the cut-in access node to the connection maintenance module, and then go to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR to find the location The RID of the communication peer end sends a terminal RID update notification to all the peer access nodes, and carries the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
所述映射管理模块是设置为: 对接入本接入节点所有终端的通信对端一 起管理, 还设置为: 收到对端接入节点发来的终端 RID更新通知后更新本地 保存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息。  The mapping management module is configured to: manage the communication peers that access all the terminals of the access node together, and further set: update the locally saved terminal after receiving the terminal RID update notification sent by the peer access node. AID-RID mapping information.
12、 如权利要求 10所述的通信网络, 其中,  12. The communication network according to claim 10, wherein
所述切出控制模块还设置为: 将切出终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 和 /或该终端的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息发送到切入接入节点保存。 The cut-out control module is further configured to: send the communication relationship information of the cut-out terminal and the communication peer, and/or the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the terminal to the hand-in access node for saving.
13、 如权利要求 4或 9所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述接入节点还包括离 线处理模块, 其中: The communication network according to claim 4 or 9, wherein the access node further comprises an offline processing module, wherein:
所述离线处理模块设置为: 在确定接入本接入节点的终端离线后, 通知 注册注销模块、 连接维护模块和映射管理模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端 离线时, 通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块;  The offline processing module is configured to: after determining that the terminal accessing the access node is offline, notify the registration cancellation module, the connection maintenance module, and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline; when determining that the communication peer is offline, notify the connection maintenance module and Mapping management module;
所述注册注销模块还设置为:在获知终端离线后,请求该终端归属地 ILR 注销该终端的 RID;  The registration and logout module is further configured to: after learning that the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to return the RID of the terminal;
所述连接维护模块还设置为: 终端离线后删除该终端的连接信息, 在获 知通信对端离线后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通信关系信息;  The connection maintenance module is further configured to: delete the connection information of the terminal after the terminal is offline, and delete the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal after learning that the communication peer is offline;
所述映射管理模块还设置为: 在获知通信对端离线时, 删除该通信对端 的 AID-RID信息; 在获知终端离线且该终端存在通信对端时, 删除该终端通 信对端中与接入本接入节点的其他终端没有通信关系的通信对端的 AID-RID 映射信息。  The mapping management module is further configured to: delete the AID-RID information of the communication peer when the communication peer is offline; when the terminal is offline and the terminal has a communication peer, delete the terminal communication terminal and access The other terminals of the access node do not have the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer of the communication relationship.
14、 如权利要求 13所述的通信网络, 其中,  14. The communication network of claim 13, wherein
所述离线处理模块还设置为: 在终端离线后, 根据该终端的 AID到连接 维护模块查找到该终端所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管 理模块或 ILR查找到所述通信对端的 RID, 通知所有对端接入节点有终端离 线; 以及收到对端接入节点发来的终端离线通知后, 确定作为通信对端的该 终端离线。  The offline processing module is further configured to: after the terminal is offline, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module, and then find the communication pair by using the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR. The RID of the terminal notifies all the peer access nodes that the terminal is offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal sent by the peer access node, determines that the terminal that is the communication peer is offline.
15、 如权利要求 1所述的通信网络, 其中,  15. The communication network according to claim 1, wherein
所述 ILR是设置为: 在收到对归属用户终端的注册请求后保存或更新该 终端的 AID-RID 映射信息, 收到对归属用户终端的注销请求后将该终端的 AID-RID映射信息删除或置为无效, 如果收到对非归属用户终端的注册、 注 销请求, 则经 ILR之间的接口转发给该终端归属地 ILR处理。  The ILR is configured to: save or update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, and delete the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. Or invalidated, if the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, the interface between the ILRs is forwarded to the home location ILR for processing.
16、 如权利要求 1所述的通信网络, 其中,  16. The communication network according to claim 1, wherein
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 实现, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系 统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN),所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关 的模块设置在分组数据网络网关 (P-GW)中。 The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the mobility management The node is a mobility management entity and/or 3G system in the EPS network architecture A Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the system, the modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a Packet Data Network Gateway (P-GW).
17、 如权利要求 13所述的通信网络, 其中,  17. The communication network of claim 13, wherein
所述接入节点之间具有信令接口, 接入节点与广义转发平面具有数据接 口, 接入节点与 ILR间具有信令接口, 映射转发平面内各 ILR之间具有信令 接口, 接入节点与 ISN之间具有信令接口和数据接口。  The access nodes have a signaling interface, and the access node has a data interface with the generalized forwarding plane, and the signaling node between the access node and the ILR has a signaling interface between the ILRs in the mapping forwarding plane, and the access node There is a signaling interface and a data interface with the ISN.
18、 一种终端接入如权利要求 1所述通信网络的方法, 所述通信网络还 包括用于保存终端位置信息的归属用户服务器, 该方法包括:  18. A method for a terminal to access a communication network according to claim 1, the communication network further comprising a home subscriber server for storing terminal location information, the method comprising:
终端与所述无线入网的网元建立连接, 通过所述网元向所述移动性管理 节点请求接入;  The terminal establishes a connection with the network element that is wirelessly connected to the network, and requests access to the mobility management node by using the network element;
所述移动性管理节点对终端进行, 认证通过后, 到该终端的归属用户服 务器进行位置更新, 然后向所述接入节点请求建立到分组数据网络的连接, 并携带该终端的身份标识 (AID);  The mobility management node performs, after the authentication is passed, the location update to the home subscriber server of the terminal, and then requests the access node to establish a connection to the packet data network, and carries the identity identifier (AID) of the terminal. );
所述接入节点为该终端分配位置标识 ( RID),向该终端归属地 ILR发起注 册, ILR保存该终端的 AID-RID映射信息; 以及  The access node allocates a location identifier (RID) to the terminal, initiates registration with the terminal home ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
所述接入节点、 移动性管理节点、 无线接入网和该终端之间交互, 完成 该终端到所述接入节点间连接的建立。  The access node, the mobility management node, the radio access network, and the terminal interact to complete the establishment of the connection between the terminal and the access node.
19、 如权利要求 18所述的方法, 其中,  19. The method of claim 18, wherein
所述终端的 AID的配置在终端上, 通过终端发送到所述移动性管理节点 的消息传送到所述移动性管理节点; 或者  The AID of the terminal is configured on the terminal, and the message sent by the terminal to the mobility management node is transmitted to the mobility management node; or
所述终端的 AID配置在该终端的归属用户服务器上, 通过位置更新响应 从所述归属用户服务器传送到所述移动性管理节点。  The AID of the terminal is configured on the home subscriber server of the terminal, and is transmitted from the home subscriber server to the mobility management node by a location update response.
20、 如权利要求 18或 19所述的方法, 其中,  20. The method of claim 18 or 19, wherein
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 (P-GW)实现且所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块设置在分组数据 网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS 网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 / 或 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用 移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入 网 (UTRAN); 该终端^^于到 EPS网络架构的附着过程接入到所述身份标识 与位置分离的通信网络的。 The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway (P-GW) in the EPS network architecture and The modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in a 3G system ( SGSN), the radio access network is an evolved universal Mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN); the terminal accesses the identity of the EPS network architecture to the identity and location separation Communication network.
21、 一种终端存在通信对端时从如权利要求 1所述通信网络离线的处理 方法, 所述方法包括: 在终端的离线过程中,  A method for processing a communication network offline according to claim 1 when a terminal exists in a communication peer, the method comprising: in an offline process of the terminal,
所述接入接点、 移动性管理实体、 无线接入网网元及该终端之间交互, 释放该终端到所述接入节点的连接; 并且  Interacting between the access node, the mobility management entity, the radio access network element, and the terminal, releasing the connection of the terminal to the access node; and
所述接入节点获知接入的终端离线时, 向该终端归属地 ILR发起注销, 该 ILR删除该终端注册的 RID或置该 RID为无效, 并回复响应; 以及  When the access node learns that the accessed terminal is offline, it initiates a logout to the home ILR of the terminal, and the ILR deletes the RID registered by the terminal or sets the RID to be invalid, and responds with a response;
所述接入接点还释放本地緩存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息和该终端与 对端的通信关系信息, 并对该终端的每一通信对端 AID, 检查本地是否有其 它终端与该通信对端还存在着通信关系, 若不存在, 则释放该通信对端的 AID-RID信息, 否则保留该通信对端的 AID-RID信息。  The access node also releases the locally cached AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer end, and checks, for each communication peer AID of the terminal, whether there is another terminal and the communication pair locally. There is also a communication relationship at the terminal. If it does not exist, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released, otherwise the AID-RID information of the communication peer is reserved.
22、 如权利要求 21所述的处理方法, 所述方法还包括:  22. The processing method of claim 21, the method further comprising:
所述接入节点确定接入的终端离线时, 还向所有对端接入节点发送终端 离线通知, 携带该终端的 AID;  When the access node determines that the accessed terminal is offline, it also sends a terminal offline notification to all the peer access nodes, and carries the AID of the terminal;
所述对端接入节点收到该终端离线的通知后, 删除本地緩存中该终端与 其它终端的通信关系信息, 以及该终端的 AID-RID信息, 并回复响应。  After receiving the offline notification of the terminal, the peer access node deletes the communication relationship information between the terminal and the other terminal in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal, and responds with a response.
23、 如权利要求 21或 22所述的处理方法, 其中,  The processing method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein
所述接入节点是根据该终端发起的会话释放流程收到的信令确定该终端 离线的; 或者,  The access node determines that the terminal is offline according to the signaling received by the session release process initiated by the terminal; or
所述接入节点是根据所述移动性管理节点发起的会话释放流程中收到的 信令获知该终端离线的; 或者,  The access node learns that the terminal is offline according to the signaling received in the session release process initiated by the mobility management node; or
所述接入节点是在本接入节点发起默认承载释放时,获知该终端离线的。  When the access node initiates a default bearer release, the access node learns that the terminal is offline.
24、 如权利要求 21或 22所述的处理方法, 其中,  The processing method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein
所述通信网络是基于演进的分组系统 (EPS)网络架构实现的具有身份标 识与位置分离架构的网络, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网 关和分组数据网络网关实现且所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块 设置在分组数据网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动 性管理实体和 /或 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网 为演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统 陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN)。 The communication network is a network with an identity and location separation architecture implemented based on an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is served by a service network in an EPS network architecture. And a packet data network gateway implementation and a module related to AID and RID management in the access node is disposed in a packet data network gateway, where the mobility management node is a mobility management entity and/or 3G in an EPS network architecture A Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the system, the Radio Access Network being an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) or a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN).
25、一种基于控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构实现的身份标识 (AID)与位 置分离的通信网络, 包括无线接入网, 接入节点, 及与接入节点和无线接入 网连接的移动性管理节点, 所述通信网络还包括:  25. A communication network (ID) and a location-separated communication network implemented by a network architecture separated from a control plane and a media plane, including a radio access network, an access node, and a connection with an access node and a radio access network. The mobility management node, the communication network further includes:
与接入节点连接的身份位置寄存器 (ILR),及支持按位置标识 (RID)路由和 转发数据报文的分组数据网络, 所述接入节点连接在无线接入网和分组数据 网络之间, 其中:  An identity location register (ILR) coupled to the access node, and a packet data network supporting routing and forwarding of data messages by location identification (RID), the access node being coupled between the radio access network and the packet data network, among them:
所述接入节点设置为: 为终端提供接入服务, 为终端分配 RID, 维护终 端和通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发;  The access node is configured to: provide an access service for the terminal, allocate an RID for the terminal, maintain AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication peer, and implement routing and forwarding of the data packet;
所述移动性管理节点设置为: 到 ILR注册和注销终端的 RID, 及与自身 之外的其他移动性管理节点配合实现终端跨接入节点的切换;  The mobility management node is configured to: register and deregister the RID of the terminal to the ILR, and cooperate with other mobility management nodes other than itself to implement handover of the terminal across the access node;
所述 ILR设置为: 接收对本 ILR归属用户终端的注册和注销请求, 对归 属用户终端的 AID-RID映射信息进行维护,以及收到对终端 RID的查询请求 后, 将所述查询请求中包含的该终端 AID所对应的 RID返回给查询请求方。  The ILR is configured to: receive a registration and deregistration request for the ILR home subscriber terminal, perform maintenance on the AID-RID mapping information of the home subscriber terminal, and receive the query request for the terminal RID, and include the query request The RID corresponding to the terminal AID is returned to the query requester.
26、 如权利要求 25所述的通信网络, 其中,  26. The communication network of claim 25, wherein
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关 实现, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系 统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信 系统陆地无线接入网(E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN); 或者  The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the mobility management The node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in the 3G system, the radio access network being an evolved universal mobile communication system Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN); or
所述接入节点的功能由超移动宽带系统的接入网关实现, 所述移动性管 理节点为超移动宽带系统的会话引用网络控制器, 所述无线接入网为超移动 宽带无线接入系统。 The function of the access node is implemented by an access gateway of an ultra mobile broadband system, the mobility management node is a session reference network controller of an ultra mobile broadband system, and the radio access network is an ultra mobile broadband wireless access system. .
27、 如权利要求 25所述的通信网络, 其中, 27. The communication network of claim 25, wherein
所述通信网络还包括互联服务节点 (ISN) , 所述互联服务节点具有与所述 接入节点的接口, 是该通信网络与传统 IP网络的分界节点,  The communication network further includes an interconnection service node (ISN), the interconnection service node having an interface with the access node, and a boundary node between the communication network and a traditional IP network,
所述 ISN设置为: 查询、 维护该通信网络终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 封 装、 路由和转发该通信网络与传统 IP网络之间往来的数据报文, 实现网络之 间的互联互通功能。  The ISN is configured to: query and maintain AID-RID mapping information of the communication network terminal, encapsulate, route, and forward data packets between the communication network and the traditional IP network, and implement interconnection and interworking functions between the networks.
28、 如权利要求 25或 26所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述接入节点包括: The communication network according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the access node comprises:
RID分配模块, 设置为: 在终端请求接入或终端切入过程中为终端分配 RID, 将该终端 AID和分配的 RID发送到连接维护模块和移动性管理节点; 连接维护模块, 设置为: 保存终端的连接信息, 包括终端的 AID-RID映 射信息及终端与通信对端的通信关系信息,或包括终端的 AID-RID映射信息, 终端与通信对端的通信关系信息及通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息;终端离线、 移出后删除该终端的连接信息; 获知通信对端离线后, 删除该通信对端与终 端的通信关系信息; The RID allocation module is configured to: allocate a RID to the terminal during the terminal requesting access or terminal handover, and send the terminal AID and the allocated RID to the connection maintenance module and the mobility management node; and connect the maintenance module, and set as: save the terminal The connection information includes the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, or includes the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal, the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end, and the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end; After the terminal is offline and removed, the connection information of the terminal is deleted; after the communication peer is offline, the communication relationship information between the communication peer and the terminal is deleted;
映射管理模块, 设置为: 保存通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息, 在获知终 端切出或在存在通信对端时离线后, 删除与接入接入节点的其他终端已没有 通信关系的该终端的通信对端; 在获知通信对端离线时, 删除该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  The mapping management module is configured to: save the AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer end, and delete the terminal that has no communication relationship with other terminals of the accessing access node after learning that the terminal is cut out or offline when the communication peer exists. The communication peer end; when it is known that the communication peer is offline, deleting the AID-RID information of the communication peer;
切换处理模块, 设置为: 在获知终端切入时, 通知 RID分配模块为终端 分配 RID; 获知终端切出时, 通知连接维护模块和映射管理模块;  The switching processing module is configured to: notify the RID distribution module to allocate an RID to the terminal when the terminal is cut in; and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module when the terminal is cut out;
离线处理模块, 设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线后, 通知连接维护模块 和映射管理模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端离线时, 通知连接维护模块和 映射管理模块该通信对端离线;  The offline processing module is configured to: notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and notify the connection maintenance module and the mapping management module that the communication peer is offline when determining that the communication peer is offline;
报文转发模块, 设置为: 收到上行数据报文后从映射管理模块或 ILR查 询到通信对端 RID , 和终端 RID—起封装在数据报文中, 路由并转发到对端 接入节点, 以及将下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下行数据报文中的 RID后 发送给终端。  The packet forwarding module is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet, query from the mapping management module or the ILR to the communication peer RID, and the terminal RID is encapsulated in the data packet, and the route is forwarded to the peer access node. And decapsulating the downlink data packet, stripping the RID in the downlink data packet, and sending the packet to the terminal.
29、 如权利要求 28所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述报文转发模块包括第一 转发单元和第二转发单元, 其中: 29. The communication network of claim 28, wherein the message forwarding module comprises a first a forwarding unit and a second forwarding unit, wherein:
所述第一转发单元设置为: 在收到包含终端和通信对端 AID的上行数据 文后, 如在映射管理模块查询到通信对端的 RID, 将该终端和通信对端的 RID作为源地址、 目的地址封装在数据报文中, 经广义转发平面路由并转发 到对端接入节点; 否则到该终端归属地 ILR查询通信对端的 RID, 查询到的 通信对端的 AID-RID发送到映射管理模块保存;  The first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data file including the terminal and the communication peer AID, if the mapping management module queries the RID of the communication peer end, and uses the RID of the terminal and the communication peer as the source address and destination. The address is encapsulated in the data packet, and is forwarded to the peer access node through the generalized forwarding plane; otherwise, the IRR of the terminal is queried to the RID of the communication peer, and the AID-RID of the queried communication peer is sent to the mapping management module. ;
所述第二转发单元设置为: 对收到的下行数据报文解封装, 剥离所述下 行数据 ^艮文中的 RID后, 通过与终端 AID对应的连接发往该终端; 如 ^艮文中 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息在映射管理模块中不存在, 还要将所述映射信 息保存到映射管理模块;  The second forwarding unit is configured to: decapsulate the received downlink data packet, strip the RID in the downlink data, and send the connection to the terminal through a connection corresponding to the terminal AID; The AID-RID mapping information of the terminal does not exist in the mapping management module, and the mapping information is also saved to the mapping management module;
所述终端与通信对端的通信关系信息是指终端 AID与通信对端 AID之间 的对应关系信息; 所述第一转发单元和第二转发单元还分别设置为: 判断数 据报文中终端 AID与通信对端 AID的对应关系是否已保存在连接维护模块 中, 如没有, 将所述对应关系保存在连接维护模块中。  The communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer refers to the correspondence relationship between the terminal AID and the communication peer AID; the first forwarding unit and the second forwarding unit are also respectively configured to: determine the terminal AID in the data packet and Whether the correspondence relationship of the communication peer AID has been saved in the connection maintenance module. If not, the corresponding relationship is saved in the connection maintenance module.
30、 如权利要求 29所述的通信网络, 其中,  30. The communication network of claim 29, wherein
所述通信网络还包括与所述接入节点连接的分组转发功能 (PTF)实体, 所 述 PTF实体设置为: 在收到接入节点或自身之外的其他分组转发功能实体转 发的本 PTF实体归属用户终端发送的数据报文后,根据通信对端 AID查询到 对应的 RID并封装在报文头后, 将该数据报文发送到所述通信对端接入的接 入节点;  The communication network further includes a packet forwarding function (PTF) entity connected to the access node, where the PTF entity is configured to: the PTF entity forwarded by a packet forwarding function entity other than the receiving node or itself After the data packet sent by the user terminal is queried, the corresponding RID is queried according to the communication peer AID and encapsulated in the packet header, and the data packet is sent to the access node accessed by the communication peer end;
所述接入节点与 PTF实体间具有数据接口,所述第一转发单元是设置为: 在收到终端发送的上行数据报文后, 如映射管理模块未緩存有通信对端的 RID, 则在该上行数据报文中封装该终端的 RID和该 PTF实体的 RID后传送 到该通信对端归属地 PTF实体, 由该 PTF实体将本 PTF实体的 RID替换为 通信对端的 RID后转发到对端接入节点。  The access node and the PTF entity have a data interface, and the first forwarding unit is configured to: after receiving the uplink data packet sent by the terminal, if the mapping management module does not cache the RID of the communication peer, The RID of the terminal and the RID of the PTF entity are encapsulated in the uplink data packet and then transmitted to the PTF entity of the communication peer. The PTF entity replaces the RID of the PTF entity with the RID of the communication peer and forwards the packet to the peer end. Into the node.
31、 如权利要求 28所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述移动性管理节点包括: 注册注销模块, 设置为: 在收到终端 AID和为该终端分配的 RID后请求 该终端归属地 ILR对该终端的 RID进行注册, 携带终端的 AID和 RID; 获知 终端离线后 , 请求该终端归属地 ILR注销该终端的 RID; The communication network according to claim 28, wherein the mobility management node comprises: a registration cancellation module, configured to: after receiving the terminal AID and the RID allocated for the terminal, requesting the terminal to belong to the ILR The RID of the terminal is registered, carrying the AID and RID of the terminal; After the terminal is offline, requesting the terminal to belong to the local ILR to cancel the RID of the terminal;
离线处理模块, 设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线后, 通知注册注销模块 和连接维护模块该终端离线; 在确定通信对端离线时, 通知接入节点该通信 对端离线;  The offline processing module is configured to: notify the registration cancellation module and the connection maintenance module that the terminal is offline after determining that the accessed terminal is offline; and notify the access node that the communication peer is offline when determining that the communication peer is offline;
切换控制模块设置为: 控制终端的切换过程, 包括:  The switching control module is set to: control the switching process of the terminal, including:
切出控制单元, 设置为: 实现对终端切出的控制, 向切入移动性管理节 点请求切换, 收到响应后通知终端切换, 终端切出后通知接入节点; 以及 切入控制单元, 设置为: 实现对终端切入的控制, 收到切换请求后通知 无线接入网为该终端分配无线资源, 通知接入节点该终端切入, 向切出移动 性管理节点返回切换响应, 切换完成后通知切出移动性管理节点。  The control unit is cut out, and is set to: implement control of the terminal cut-out, request handover from the handover mobility management node, notify the terminal to switch after receiving the response, notify the access node after the terminal cuts out, and cut into the control unit, and set it as: The control of the terminal handover is implemented. After receiving the handover request, the radio access network is notified to allocate radio resources to the terminal, and the access node is notified to the terminal to cut in, and the handover response is returned to the mobility management node, and the handover is notified after the handover is completed. Sex management node.
32、 如权利要求 31所述的通信网络, 其中, 所述移动性管理节点还包括 连接维护模块, 所述移动性管理节点的模块中:  32. The communication network of claim 31, wherein the mobility management node further comprises a connection maintenance module, wherein the mobility management node is in the module:
所述连接维护模块设置为:保存终端通信时与通信对端的通信关系信息; 终端离线、 移出后删除该终端与通信对端的通信关系信息; 获知通信对端离 线后, 删除该通信对端与终端的通信关系信息;  The connection maintenance module is configured to: save the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer when the terminal communicates; delete the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer after the terminal is offline and remove; and after the communication peer is offline, delete the communication peer and the terminal. Communication relationship information;
所述离线处理模块还设置为: 在确定通信对端离线时, 还通知连接维护 模块;  The offline processing module is further configured to: notify the connection maintenance module when determining that the communication peer is offline;
所述切换控制模块中的切出控制单元设置为: 在终端切出后还通知所述 连接维护模块;  The cut-out control unit in the switching control module is configured to: notify the connection maintenance module after the terminal is cut out;
所述报文转发模块设置为: 从报文中获取到的本地没有保存的终端与通 信对端的通信关系信息还发送到移动性管理节点的连接维护模块保存。  The packet forwarding module is configured to: the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer that is not saved locally obtained from the packet is also sent to the connection maintenance module of the mobility management node for saving.
33、 如权利要求 32所述的通信网络, 其中,  33. The communication network of claim 32, wherein
所述移动性管理节点的离线处理模块还设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线 后, 根据 AID从对端归属用户服务器或本地查询到对端移动性管理节点的位 置信息, 通知所有对端移动性管理节点有终端离线; 以及收到对端移动性管 理节点的终端离线通知后, 确定该终端离线, 并将该通知转发到接入节点中 的离线处理模块;  The offline processing module of the mobility management node is further configured to: notify all the peers to move according to the location information of the peer-to-home user server or the local query to the peer mobility management node according to the AID after determining that the accessed terminal is offline. The sexual management node has the terminal offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal of the opposite mobility management node, determining that the terminal is offline, and forwarding the notification to the offline processing module in the access node;
所述接入节点中的离线处理模块是设置为: 收到终端离线通知后, 确定 作为通信对端的该终端离线。 The offline processing module in the access node is set to: after receiving the offline notification of the terminal, determining The terminal as the communication peer is offline.
34、 如权利要求 32所述的通信网络, 其中,  34. The communication network of claim 32, wherein
所述切出控制单元还设置为: 在切换过程中将连接维护模块保存的该终 端与通信对端的通信关系信息发送到切入移动性管理节点;  The cut-out control unit is further configured to: send the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer end saved by the connection maintenance module to the handover mobility management node during the handover process;
所述切入控制单元还设置为: 将切出移动性管理节点发来的终端与通信 对端的通信关系信息保存到连接维护模块并转发到接入节点保存。  The hand-in control unit is further configured to: save the communication relationship information between the terminal sent out by the mobility management node and the communication peer to the connection maintenance module, and forward the information to the access node for storage.
35、 如权利要求 31所述的通信网络, 其中,  35. The communication network of claim 31, wherein
所述切入控制单元还设置为:在获取接入节点为切入终端分配的 RID后 , 根据该终端的 AID从对端归属用户服务器或本地查询到对端移动性管理节点 的位置信息, 向所述对端移动性管理节点发送终端 RID更新通知, 携带该终 端新的 AID-RID映射信息;以及将对端移动性管理节点发来的终端 RID更新 通知转发到接入节点;  The hand-in control unit is further configured to: after obtaining the RID allocated by the access node for the hand-in terminal, according to the AID of the terminal, from the peer home user server or the local query to the location information of the peer mobility management node, to the The peer mobility management node sends a terminal RID update notification, carries the terminal new AID-RID mapping information, and forwards the terminal RID update notification sent by the peer mobility management node to the access node;
所述接入节点的映射管理模块设置为: 收到终端 RID更新通知后更新本 地保存的该终端的 AID-RID映射信息。  The mapping management module of the access node is configured to: update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal saved locally after receiving the terminal RID update notification.
36、 如权利要求 31所述的通信网络, 其中,  36. The communication network of claim 31, wherein
所述移动性管理节点中的切出控制单元还设置为: 通知接入节点该终端 切出, 并将该接入节点发来的该终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息转发到切 入移动性管理节点;  The cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is further configured to: notify the access node that the terminal cuts out, and forward the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal communication peer end sent by the access node to the hand-in mobility management. Node
所述接入节点的切换处理模块还设置为: 在获知终端切出后, 将该终端 通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息发送到移动性管理节点;  The switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: after the terminal is cut out, send the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal end of the terminal to the mobility management node;
所述移动性管理节点中的切入控制单元还设置为: 将切出移动性管理节 点发来的切入终端通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息转发到接入节点保存。  The hand-in control unit in the mobility management node is further configured to: forward the AID-RID mapping information of the handover terminal communication peer end sent by the mobility management node to the access node for saving.
37、 如权利要求 31所述的通信网络, 其中,  37. The communication network of claim 31, wherein
所述接入节点之间具有接口, 所述移动性管理节点中的切出控制单元设 置为: 在终端切出时还通知所述接入节点的切换处理模块;  The access node has an interface between the access nodes, and the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is configured to: notify the handover processing module of the access node when the terminal is cut out;
所述接入节点的切换处理模块还设置为:具有以下功能中的一种或多种: 在获知终端切出后, 将该终端的通信对端的 AID-RID信息通过与切入接 入节点之间的接口发送到该终端切入的接入节点, 由该终端切入的接入节点 的映射管理模块保存; The switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: have one or more of the following functions: after learning that the terminal is cut out, pass the AID-RID information of the communication peer end of the terminal through the cut-in The interface between the ingress nodes is sent to the access node that is cut in by the terminal, and is saved by the mapping management module of the access node that the terminal cuts in;
在获知终端切入后, 为该终端分配新的 RID后, 通知对端接入节点该终 端 RID更新, 通知中携带该终端新的 AID-RID映射信息; 所述对端接入节点 的映射管理模块在收到后更新该终端的 AID-RID映射信息;  After the terminal is cut in, after the terminal is allocated a new RID, the terminal access node is notified of the RID update of the terminal, and the notification carries the new AID-RID mapping information of the terminal; the mapping management module of the peer access node Updating the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving;
切换过程中, 将收到的发送给该终端的数据报文转发给切入接入节点。 During the handover process, the received data packet sent to the terminal is forwarded to the hand-in access node.
38、 如权利要求 31所述的通信网络, 其中, 38. The communication network of claim 31, wherein
所述接入节点之间具有接口, 所述移动性管理节点中的切出控制单元设 置为: 在终端切出时还通知所述接入节点的切换处理模块;  The access node has an interface between the access nodes, and the cut-out control unit in the mobility management node is configured to: notify the handover processing module of the access node when the terminal is cut out;
所述接入节点的切换处理模块还设置为: 在获知终端切出后, 将该终端 与通信对端的通信关系信息发送到该终端切入的接入节点, 由该终端切入的 接入节点的连接维护模块保存。  The switching processing module of the access node is further configured to: after learning that the terminal is cut out, send the communication relationship information between the terminal and the communication peer to the access node cut by the terminal, and the connection of the access node cut by the terminal The maintenance module is saved.
39、 如权利要求 31所述的通信网络, 其中,  39. The communication network of claim 31, wherein
所述接入节点之间具有接口, 所述接入节点的离线处理模块还设置为: 在确定接入的终端离线后, 根据该终端的 AID到连接维护模块查找到该终端 所有通信对端的 AID, 然后到连接维护模块或映射管理模块或 ILR查找到所 述通信对端的 RID, 通知所有对端接入节点有终端离线; 以及收到对端接入 节点发来的终端离线通知后, 确定作为通信对端的该终端离线。  The access node has an interface, and the offline processing module of the access node is further configured to: after determining that the accessed terminal is offline, find the AID of all communication peers of the terminal according to the AID of the terminal to the connection maintenance module. And then to the connection maintenance module or the mapping management module or the ILR to find the RID of the communication peer, notify all the peer access nodes that the terminal is offline; and after receiving the offline notification of the terminal sent by the peer access node, determine The terminal of the communication peer is offline.
40、 如权利要求 29所述的通信网络, 其中,  40. The communication network of claim 29, wherein
所述接入节点与所述 ILR之间具有信令接口, 所述接入节点中报文转发 模块的第一转发单元设置为: 通过该信令接口到该终端归属地 ILR查询通信 对端的 RID; 或者  The first forwarding unit of the packet forwarding module in the access node is configured to: query the RID of the communication peer through the signaling interface to the home location of the terminal ILR. ; or
所述移动性管理节点与所述 ILR之间具有信令接口 , 所述接入节点中报 文转发模块的第一转发单元是设置为: 要查询通信对端的 RID时, 请求移动 性管理节点对该通信对端的 RID进行查询, 携带该通信对端的 AID, 并接收 该移动性管理节点返回的查询结果;  The mobility management node and the ILR have a signaling interface, and the first forwarding unit of the packet forwarding module in the access node is configured to: when querying the RID of the communication peer, request the mobility management node to Querying the RID of the communication peer end, carrying the AID of the communication peer end, and receiving the query result returned by the mobility management node;
所述移动性管理节点还包括映射查询模块, 所述映射查询模块设置为: 在收到查询请求后根据通信对端 AID 向该通信对端归属地 ILR查询对应的 RID, 将查询到的通信对端的 AID-RID映射信息返回给所述接入节点。 The mobility management node further includes a mapping query module, where the mapping query module is configured to: after receiving the query request, query the corresponding ILR to the communication peer end according to the communication peer AID. The RID returns the queried AID-RID mapping information of the communication peer to the access node.
41、 如权利要求 25所述的通信网络, 其中,  41. The communication network of claim 25, wherein
所述 ILR是设置为: 在收到对归属用户终端的注册请求后保存或更新该 终端的 AID-RID 映射信息, 收到对归属用户终端的注销请求后将该终端的 AID-RID映射信息删除或置为无效, 如果收到对非归属用户终端的注册、 注 销请求, 则经 ILR之间的接口转发给该终端归属地 ILR处理。  The ILR is configured to: save or update the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the registration request to the home user terminal, and delete the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal after receiving the cancellation request for the home user terminal. Or invalidated, if the registration and cancellation request for the non-home user terminal is received, the interface between the ILRs is forwarded to the home location ILR for processing.
42、 一种终端接入如权利要求 25所述通信网络的方法, 所述通信网络还 包括用于保存终端位置信息的归属用户服务器, 该方法包括:  42. A method for a terminal to access a communication network according to claim 25, the communication network further comprising a home subscriber server for storing terminal location information, the method comprising:
终端与无线入网的网元建立连接, 通过所述网元向移动性管理节点请求 接入;  The terminal establishes a connection with the network element that is wirelessly connected to the network, and requests access to the mobility management node by using the network element;
所述移动性管理节点对终端进行认证, 认证通过后, 到该终端的归属用 户服务器进行位置更新, 保存该终端的 AID信息, 然后向接入节点请求建立 到分组数据网络的连接, 并携带该终端的身份标识 (AID);  The mobility management node authenticates the terminal, and after the authentication is passed, performs location update to the home subscriber server of the terminal, saves the AID information of the terminal, and then requests the access node to establish a connection to the packet data network, and carries the The identity of the terminal (AID);
所述接入节点为该终端分配位置标识 (RID),通过响应消息将该 RID发送 到所述移动性管理节点,所述移动性管理节点向该终端归属地 ILR发起注册, 所述 ILR保存该终端的 AID-RID映射信息; 以及  The access node allocates a location identifier (RID) to the terminal, and sends the RID to the mobility management node by using a response message, where the mobility management node initiates registration with the terminal home location ILR, and the ILR saves the AID-RID mapping information of the terminal;
所述接入节点、 移动性管理节点、 无线接入网和该终端之间交互, 完成 该终端到所述接入节点间连接的建立。  The access node, the mobility management node, the radio access network, and the terminal interact to complete the establishment of the connection between the terminal and the access node.
43、 如权利要求 42所述的方法, 其中,  43. The method of claim 42, wherein
所述终端的 AID的配置在终端上, 通过终端发送到所述移动性管理节点 的消息传送到所述移动性管理节点; 或者  The AID of the terminal is configured on the terminal, and the message sent by the terminal to the mobility management node is transmitted to the mobility management node; or
所述终端的 AID配置在该终端的归属用户服务器上, 通过位置更新响应 从所述归属用户服务器传送到所述移动性管理节点。  The AID of the terminal is configured on the home subscriber server of the terminal, and is transmitted from the home subscriber server to the mobility management node by a location update response.
44、 如权利要求 42或 43所述的方法, 其中,  44. The method of claim 42 or 43, wherein
所述控制面与媒体面分离的网络架构是演进的分组系统 (EPS)的网络架 构, 所述接入节点对应于 EPS网络架构中的服务网关和分组数据网络网关且 所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块设置在分组数据网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动性管理实体和 /或 3G系统中的 服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网为演进的通用移动通信系统陆 地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN); 该 终端^ ^于到 EPS网络架构的附着过程接入到所述身份标识与位置分离的通 信网络的。 The network architecture separated from the media plane is an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, where the access node corresponds to a serving gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture, and the access node The AID and RID management related modules are disposed in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in an EPS network architecture and/or a Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN) in a 3G system, the wireless connection Network access for the evolution of the universal mobile communication system Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) or Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN); the terminal accesses the identity network to the identity separation and location separation communication network during the attachment process to the EPS network architecture .
45、一种终端存在通信对端时从如权利要求 25所述通信网络离线的处理 方法, 所述方法包括: 在终端离线的过程中,  45. A method for processing a communication network offline according to claim 25 when a terminal exists in a communication peer, the method comprising: in a process in which the terminal is offline,
接入节点获知接入终端离线后, 释放本地緩存的该终端的 AID-RID映射 信息和该终端与对端的通信关系信息, 对该终端的每一通信对端 AID, 检查 本地是否有其它终端与该通信对端还存在着通信关系, 若不存在, 则释放该 通信对端的 AID-RID信息, 否则保留该通信对端的 AID-RID信息;  After the access node learns that the access terminal is offline, it releases the locally cached AID-RID mapping information of the terminal and the communication relationship information between the terminal and the peer end. For each communication peer AID of the terminal, check whether there are other terminals and The communication peer has a communication relationship. If not, the AID-RID information of the communication peer is released, otherwise the AID-RID information of the communication peer is retained;
移动性管理节点获知接入终端离线后, 向该终端归属地 ILR发起注销, 该 ILR删除该终端注册的 RID或置该 RID为无效, 并回复响应; 以及  After the mobility management node learns that the access terminal is offline, it initiates a logout to the home ILR of the terminal, and the ILR deletes the RID registered by the terminal or sets the RID to be invalid, and responds with a response;
所述接入节点、 移动性管理实体、 无线接入网网元及终端之间交互, 释 放该终端到所述接入节点之间的连接。  The access node, the mobility management entity, the radio access network element, and the terminal interact to release the connection between the terminal and the access node.
46、 如权利要求 45所述的处理方法, 所述方法还包括:  46. The processing method of claim 45, the method further comprising:
所述移动性管理节点获知接入终端离线后, 还将该终端离线通知经过对 端移动性管理节点发送到对端接入节点, 通知中携带该终端的 AID;  After the mobility management node learns that the access terminal is offline, the offline notification of the terminal is also sent to the remote access node through the remote mobility management node, and the notification carries the AID of the terminal;
所述对端接入节点收到该终端离线的通知后, 删除本地緩存中该终端与 自身之外的其它终端的通信关系信息, 以及该终端的 AID-RID信息。  After receiving the offline notification of the terminal, the peer access node deletes the communication relationship information of the terminal and other terminals other than itself in the local cache, and the AID-RID information of the terminal.
47、 如权利要求 45或 46所述的处理方法, 其中,  The processing method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein
所述通信网络是基于演进的分组系统 (EPS)网络架构实现的具有身份标 识与位置分离架构的网络, 所述接入节点的功能由 EPS网络架构中的服务网 关和分组数据网络网关实现且所述接入节点中与 AID和 RID管理相关的模块 设置在分组数据网络网关中, 所述移动性管理节点为 EPS网络架构中的移动 性管理实体和 /或 3G系统中的服务 GPRS支持节点 (SGSN), 所述无线接入网 为演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网 (E-UTRAN)或通用移动通信系统 陆地无线接入网 (UTRAN)。  The communication network is a network with an identity identification and a location separation architecture implemented based on an evolved packet system (EPS) network architecture, and the function of the access node is implemented by a service gateway and a packet data network gateway in an EPS network architecture. The modules related to AID and RID management in the access node are set in a packet data network gateway, and the mobility management node is a mobility management entity in the EPS network architecture and/or a serving GPRS support node in the 3G system (SGSN). The radio access network is an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) or a universal mobile telecommunications system terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN).
PCT/CN2010/077722 2009-10-26 2010-10-14 Communication network implemented based on control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture WO2011050678A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN200910205538.5A CN102045692B (en) 2009-10-26 2009-10-26 Communication network realized by network architecture based on separation of control surfaces and media surface
CN200910205538.5 2009-10-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011050678A1 true WO2011050678A1 (en) 2011-05-05

Family

ID=43911352

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2010/077722 WO2011050678A1 (en) 2009-10-26 2010-10-14 Communication network implemented based on control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN102045692B (en)
WO (1) WO2011050678A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103947270A (en) * 2011-11-22 2014-07-23 Sca艾普拉控股有限公司 System and method for paging off-line state terminals
CN111353151A (en) * 2020-02-27 2020-06-30 腾讯云计算(北京)有限责任公司 Vulnerability detection method and device for network application
US11115350B2 (en) * 2012-06-29 2021-09-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method for processing information, forwarding plane device and control plane device

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102215509A (en) * 2011-06-20 2011-10-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for calling control, moving switching center and base station controller
CN102868618A (en) * 2011-07-08 2013-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Detaching method, detaching device and mapping server
CN102946617A (en) * 2011-08-15 2013-02-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Load sharing method, device and system
CN102938704A (en) * 2011-08-16 2013-02-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Access management method, device and system
CN102957668B (en) * 2011-08-23 2017-06-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The method and access service router of positional information are obtained in mark net
CN103108300B (en) * 2011-11-10 2018-01-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Location updating method and mobile router access service router
CN103117927B (en) * 2011-11-17 2018-08-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method of the address of acquisition strategy server
CN103209131A (en) * 2012-01-11 2013-07-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Address inquiring and message sending method, information registration server and switching router
CN103634776B (en) * 2012-08-24 2019-01-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method and identity information server of the access mark obtaining terminal
CN103731929B (en) * 2012-10-11 2019-03-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Load bearing management method, apparatus and system
WO2014085986A1 (en) * 2012-12-04 2014-06-12 华为技术有限公司 Method for obtaining user identity identifier, advertisement delivery method, apparatus and system
CN103856929B (en) * 2012-12-04 2018-03-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The method, system and device of distributed roaming gateway are realized in identity position separation network
CN104754656A (en) * 2013-12-30 2015-07-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for increasing terminal available ports, access service router and system
CN104767677B (en) * 2014-01-07 2018-05-04 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Access node system and the computing resource pool unit for the access node system
CN104917849B (en) * 2014-03-11 2018-09-07 华为技术有限公司 A kind of message treatment method, access controller and network node
CN105745882A (en) * 2014-12-16 2016-07-06 北京大学深圳研究生院 Realization method for flat networks routing based on network
CN107852767A (en) * 2015-08-17 2018-03-27 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Wireless communication system, gateway apparatus, mobile management entity and communication control method
CN112566201A (en) 2015-10-09 2021-03-26 苹果公司 Network initiated packet data network connection
CN106131832B (en) * 2015-11-25 2019-05-14 北京邮电大学 A kind of core net framework merged towards WLAN with Cellular Networks
MA43086B1 (en) * 2016-01-18 2019-05-31 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Tracking area and user plane mapping for control plane / user plane division
CN113328789B (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-04-19 广州爱浦路网络技术有限公司 Satellite communication method, system, device and storage medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1801764A (en) * 2006-01-23 2006-07-12 北京交通大学 Internet access method based on identity and location separation
CN101123536A (en) * 2007-09-19 2008-02-13 北京交通大学 Method for managing integrated network locations
CN101459698A (en) * 2007-12-14 2009-06-17 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Intra-domain and inter-domain network interconnecting method and system thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1801764A (en) * 2006-01-23 2006-07-12 北京交通大学 Internet access method based on identity and location separation
CN101123536A (en) * 2007-09-19 2008-02-13 北京交通大学 Method for managing integrated network locations
CN101459698A (en) * 2007-12-14 2009-06-17 中国人民解放军信息工程大学 Intra-domain and inter-domain network interconnecting method and system thereof

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103947270A (en) * 2011-11-22 2014-07-23 Sca艾普拉控股有限公司 System and method for paging off-line state terminals
US11115350B2 (en) * 2012-06-29 2021-09-07 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method for processing information, forwarding plane device and control plane device
CN111353151A (en) * 2020-02-27 2020-06-30 腾讯云计算(北京)有限责任公司 Vulnerability detection method and device for network application
CN111353151B (en) * 2020-02-27 2023-06-16 腾讯云计算(北京)有限责任公司 Vulnerability detection method and device for network application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102045692A (en) 2011-05-04
CN102045692B (en) 2014-01-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2011050678A1 (en) Communication network implemented based on control-plane-and-medium-plane-splitting network architecture
US11737156B2 (en) Establishing a session or cellular Internet of Things packet transmission
US11070627B2 (en) Discovery of a user plane function that supports cellular IoT optimization
JP5044020B2 (en) Method, system and apparatus for supporting addressing of user static IP address in LTE system
US9769852B2 (en) Maintaining current cell location information in a cellular access network
KR101410836B1 (en) Method and system for terminal handover in wireless communication system
US8804746B2 (en) Network based on identity identifier and location separation architecture backbone network, and network element thereof
US8855045B2 (en) Method and system for controlling establishment of local IP access
WO2012094957A1 (en) Method and system for performing mobility management on mtc terminal
WO2013071819A1 (en) Method, network element and ue achieving identifier and location separation and interface identifier allocation
WO2011085618A1 (en) Method for terminal switching and corresponding communication network
KR20090016430A (en) Method and apparatus for registering terminal in packet switching domain
WO2016150140A1 (en) Processing method and system for control packet in sdn-based gateway
WO2011044819A1 (en) Information obtaining and notification, data message forwarding and handover method and access node
WO2010031353A1 (en) A processing method, device and system of service request
WO2011054294A1 (en) Connection setup method and equipment
JPWO2016163420A1 (en) Terminal equipment, MME and PGW
WO2011050724A1 (en) System for implementing mobile communication based on wideband code division multiple access (wcdma) core network and user equipment access method
WO2016163416A1 (en) Terminal device, pgw, and mme
WO2012028071A1 (en) Method and system for searching local gateway
WO2011050679A1 (en) Communication network and terminal access method implemented based on wimax network framework
JP4726860B2 (en) Gateway device, access gateway device, core network system, program, and packet transfer method
WO2012103755A1 (en) Method and system for obtaining a terminal id
WO2011088606A1 (en) Wimax system for implementing handover without fixed anchor point and handover method thereof
WO2011088607A1 (en) Worldwide interoperability for microwave access system for switching without fixed anchor and switch method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10826041

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10826041

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1